UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2011

 

OR

 

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ____ to ____

 

Commission file number 1-10804

 

XL GROUP

Public Limited Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


 

 

 

Ireland

 

98-0665416

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

incorporation or organization)

 

 

No. 1 Hatch Street Upper, 4th Floor, Dublin 2, Ireland
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
+353 (1) 405-2033
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes x     No o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x     No o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

          Large accelerated filer x     Accelerated filer o     Non-accelerated filer o     Smaller reporting company o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o     No x

          As of August 2, 2011, there were 297,857,722 outstanding Ordinary Shares, $0.01 par value per share, of the registrant.




XL GROUP PLC

INDEX TO FORM 10-Q

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page No.

 

 

 


 

PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2011 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2010

 

3

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

 

4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

 

5

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

 

6

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

 

7

 

 

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

8

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

44

 

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

77

 

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

 

85

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

86

 

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

86

 

Item 6.

Exhibits

 

87

 

 

Signatures

 

88

 



PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 1.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

 

XL GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

(Unaudited)
June 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

ASSETS

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities at fair value (amortized cost: 2011, $25,105,488; 2010, $25,714,886)

 

$

25,151,686

 

$

25,544,179

 

Equity securities, at fair value (cost: 2011, $282,128; 2010, $56,737)

 

 

318,695

 

 

84,767

 

Short-term investments, at fair value (amortized cost: 2011, $2,855,542; 2010, $2,058,447)

 

 

2,851,823

 

 

2,048,607

 

 

 



 



 

Total investments available for sale

 

 

28,322,204

 

 

27,677,553

 

Fixed maturities, held to maturity at amortized cost (fair value: 2011, $2,819,505; 2010, $2,742,626)

 

$

2,843,371

 

$

2,728,335

 

Investments in affiliates

 

 

1,120,890

 

 

1,081,281

 

Other investments

 

 

968,151

 

 

939,470

 

 

 



 



 

Total investments

 

 

33,254,616

 

 

32,426,639

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

2,859,342

 

 

3,022,868

 

Accrued investment income

 

 

340,484

 

 

350,091

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

 

728,527

 

 

633,035

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

 

825,728

 

 

625,654

 

Premiums receivable

 

 

3,144,108

 

 

2,414,912

 

Reinsurance balances receivable

 

 

135,866

 

 

171,327

 

Unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable

 

 

3,685,046

 

 

3,671,887

 

Net receivable from investments sold

 

 

74,246

 

 

21,716

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

 

843,174

 

 

839,508

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

146,837

 

 

143,525

 

Other assets

 

 

583,538

 

 

702,189

 

 

 



 



 

Total assets

 

$

46,621,512

 

$

45,023,351

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid losses and loss expenses

 

$

20,954,317

 

$

20,531,607

 

Deposit liabilities

 

 

1,666,275

 

 

1,684,606

 

Future policy benefit reserves

 

 

5,215,549

 

 

5,075,127

 

Unearned premiums

 

 

4,205,084

 

 

3,484,830

 

Notes payable and debt

 

 

2,461,426

 

 

2,464,410

 

Reinsurance balances payable

 

 

419,365

 

 

122,250

 

Net payable for investments purchased

 

 

162,260

 

 

34,315

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

89,145

 

 

105,667

 

Other liabilities

 

 

749,210

 

 

835,590

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities

 

$

35,922,631

 

$

34,338,402

 

 

 



 



 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest - Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares, 20,000,000 authorized, par value $0.01; Issued and outstanding: (2011, 2,846,000; 2010, 2,876,000)

 

$

71,150

 

$

71,900

 

Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, 999,990,000 authorized, par value $0.01; Issued and outstanding: (2011, 305,161,844; 2010, 316,396,289)

 

 

3,052

 

 

3,165

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

8,756,300

 

 

8,993,016

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

422,971

 

 

100,795

 

Retained earnings

 

 

443,627

 

 

513,777

 

 

 



 



 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to XL Group plc

 

$

9,625,950

 

$

9,610,753

 

Non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

1,001,781

 

 

1,002,296

 

 

 



 



 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

10,627,731

 

$

10,613,049

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities, redeemable preference ordinary shares and shareholders’ equity

 

$

46,621,512

 

$

45,023,351

 

 

 



 



 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

3


XL GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net premiums earned

 

$

1,398,339

 

$

1,302,761

 

$

2,759,722

 

$

2,671,246

 

Net investment income

 

 

296,505

 

 

302,594

 

 

576,768

 

 

610,918

 

Realized investment gains (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments sold

 

 

17,632

 

 

(3,979

)

 

(11,360

)

 

42

 

Other-than-temporary impairments on investments

 

 

(40,088

)

 

(26,736

)

 

(73,808

)

 

(87,250

)

Other-than-temporary impairments on investments transferred to (from) other comprehensive income

 

 

12,912

 

 

(30,671

)

 

9,187

 

 

(10,354

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total net realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

(9,544

)

 

(61,386

)

 

(75,981

)

 

(97,562

)

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

 

(10,950

)

 

(19,896

)

 

(7,383

)

 

(40,376

)

Income (loss) from investment fund affiliates

 

 

10,250

 

 

19,084

 

 

37,400

 

 

27,262

 

Fee income and other

 

 

10,582

 

 

9,535

 

 

19,514

 

 

17,953

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total revenues

 

$

1,695,182

 

$

1,552,692

 

$

3,310,040

 

$

3,189,441

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net losses and loss expenses incurred

 

$

823,584

 

$

747,165

 

$

2,032,449

 

$

1,639,365

 

Claims and policy benefits

 

 

137,416

 

 

123,375

 

 

270,647

 

 

247,118

 

Acquisition costs

 

 

215,099

 

 

180,560

 

 

403,589

 

 

381,697

 

Operating expenses

 

 

266,098

 

 

244,867

 

 

526,625

 

 

473,975

 

Exchange (gains) losses

 

 

(8,498

)

 

(32,276

)

 

1,016

 

 

(53,359

)

Interest expense

 

 

55,099

 

 

49,149

 

 

109,246

 

 

98,219

 

Loss on termination of guarantee

 

 

 

 

23,500

 

 

 

 

23,500

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

44

 

 

464

 

 

509

 

 

929

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total expenses

 

$

1,488,842

 

$

1,336,804

 

$

3,344,081

 

$

2,811,444

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Income (loss) before income tax and income (loss) from operating affiliates

 

$

206,340

 

$

215,888

 

$

(34,041

)

$

377,997

 

Provision (benefit) for income tax

 

 

24,826

 

 

42,976

 

 

(7,971

)

 

72,812

 

Income (loss) from operating affiliates

 

 

46,251

 

 

21,013

 

 

59,887

 

 

32,619

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net income (loss)

 

$

227,765

 

$

193,925

 

$

33,817

 

$

337,804

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

(2,102

)

 

80

 

 

(35,438

)

 

81

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

$

225,663

 

$

194,005

 

$

(1,621

)

$

337,885

 

Preference share dividends

 

 

 

 

(2,194

)

 

 

 

(34,694

)

Gain on redemption of Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,616

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

$

225,663

 

$

191,811

 

$

(1,621

)

$

319,807

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average ordinary shares and ordinary share equivalents outstanding – basic

 

 

309,184

 

 

342,056

 

 

310,325

 

 

342,049

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average ordinary shares and ordinary share equivalents outstanding – diluted

 

 

341,989

 

 

342,878

 

 

310,325

 

 

342,781

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Earnings per ordinary share and ordinary share equivalent – basic

 

$

0.73

 

$

0.56

 

$

(0.01

)

$

0.93

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Earnings per ordinary share and ordinary share equivalent – diluted

 

$

0.69

 

$

0.56

 

$

(0.01

)

$

0.93

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

4


XL GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

$

225,663

 

$

194,005

 

$

(1,621

)

$

337,885

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax

 

 

167,827

 

 

321,831

 

 

181,206

 

 

863,940

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on affiliate and other investments, net of tax

 

 

8,431

 

 

2,477

 

 

32,666

 

 

16,392

 

Change in OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

(1,183

)

 

48,095

 

 

24,124

 

 

31,637

 

Change in underfunded pension liability

 

 

(53

)

 

85

 

 

(397

)

 

3,567

 

Change in value of cash flow hedge

 

 

110

 

 

110

 

 

220

 

 

220

 

Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on future policy benefit reserves

 

 

 

 

(962

)

 

 

 

(3,714

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

 

 

72,741

 

 

(75,823

)

 

84,357

 

 

(108,308

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

473,536

 

$

489,818

 

$

320,555

 

$

1,141,619

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

5


XL GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Non-controlling Interest in Equity of Consolidated Subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

1,002,296

 

$

2,305

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

1

 

$

(81

)

Non-controlling interest share in change in accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss

 

 

(16

)

 

4

 

Purchase of Series E preference ordinary shares

 

 

(500

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

1,001,781

 

$

2,228

 

 

 



 



 

Series E Preference Ordinary Shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

 

$

10

 

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

 

$

10

 

 

 



 



 

Ordinary Shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

3,165

 

$

3,421

 

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

 

3

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

1

 

Buybacks of ordinary shares

 

 

(116

)

 

(1

)

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

3,052

 

$

3,421

 

 

 



 



 

Additional Paid in Capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

8,993,016

 

$

10,474,688

 

Issuance of ordinary shares

 

 

976

 

 

1,095

 

Buybacks of ordinary shares

 

 

(258,787

)

 

(1,840

)

Exercise of stock options, net of tax

 

 

1,087

 

 

104

 

Share based compensation expense

 

 

20,008

 

 

20,628

 

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

8,756,300

 

$

10,494,675

 

 

 



 



 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

100,795

 

$

(1,142,467

)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax

 

 

181,206

 

 

863,940

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on affiliate and other investments, net of tax

 

 

32,666

 

 

16,392

 

Change in OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

24,124

 

 

31,637

 

Change in underfunded pension liability

 

 

(397

)

 

3,567

 

Change in value of cash flow hedge

 

 

220

 

 

220

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

84,357

 

 

(108,308

)

Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on future policy benefit reserves

 

 

 

 

(3,714

)

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

422,971

 

$

(338,733

)

 

 



 



 

Retained Earnings (Deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – beginning of year

 

$

513,777

 

$

94,460

 

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

(1,621

)

 

337,885

 

Dividends on preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

(34,694

)

Dividends on ordinary shares

 

 

(68,529

)

 

(68,636

)

Gain on redemption of Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

16,616

 

 

 



 



 

Balance – end of period

 

$

443,627

 

$

345,631

 

 

 



 



 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

10,627,731

 

$

10,507,232

 

 

 



 



 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

6


XL GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

33,817

 

$

337,804

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized losses on sales of investments

 

 

75,981

 

 

97,562

 

Net realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments

 

 

7,383

 

 

40,376

 

Amortization of (discounts) on fixed maturities

 

 

42,939

 

 

20,396

 

(Income) loss from investment and operating affiliates

 

 

(97,287

)

 

(59,881

)

Amortization of deferred compensation

 

 

17,162

 

 

15,586

 

Accretion of convertible debt

 

 

499

 

 

500

 

Accretion of deposit liabilities

 

 

40,281

 

 

51,229

 

Unpaid losses and loss expenses

 

 

67,088

 

 

(139,971

)

Depreciation expense

 

 

24,248

 

 

18,335

 

Future policy benefit reserves

 

 

(61,147

)

 

(124,805

)

Unearned premiums

 

 

622,665

 

 

321,433

 

Premiums receivable

 

 

(652,203

)

 

(300,119

)

Unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable

 

 

57,390

 

 

61,732

 

Ceded unearned premiums

 

 

(184,010

)

 

(95,083

)

Reinsurance balances receivable

 

 

37,536

 

 

132,088

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

 

(79,060

)

 

(21,706

)

Reinsurance balances payable

 

 

279,074

 

 

(34,782

)

Deferred tax asset - net

 

 

(51,297

)

 

51,008

 

Derivatives

 

 

(46,619

)

 

231,329

 

Other assets

 

 

75,708

 

 

55,262

 

Other liabilities

 

 

(132,549

)

 

(155,048

)

Other

 

 

29,728

 

 

(132,218

)

 

 



 



 

Total adjustments

 

$

73,510

 

$

33,223

 

 

 



 



 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

107,327

 

$

371,027

 

 

 



 



 

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of fixed maturities and short-term investments

 

$

2,489,705

 

$

2,386,683

 

Proceeds from redemption of fixed maturities and short-term investments

 

 

1,325,898

 

 

1,438,725

 

Proceeds from sale of equity securities

 

 

157,727

 

 

37,344

 

Purchases of fixed maturities and short-term investments

 

 

(3,527,609

)

 

(3,850,644

)

Purchases of equity securities

 

 

(381,918

)

 

(41,026

)

Net dispositions of investment affiliates

 

 

11,684

 

 

174,179

 

Other investments, net

 

 

8,877

 

 

(8,728

)

 

 



 



 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

$

84,364

 

$

136,533

 

 

 



 



 

Cash flows (used in) financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

 

$

1,089

 

$

 

Buybacks of ordinary shares

 

 

(258,903

)

 

(1,840

)

Redemption of Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

(94,157

)

Dividends paid on ordinary shares

 

 

(68,073

)

 

(68,398

)

Dividends paid on preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

(38,073

)

Distributions to non-controlling interests

 

 

(35,599

)

 

 

Deposit liabilities

 

 

(52,565

)

 

(64,120

)

 

 



 



 

Net cash (used in) financing activities

 

$

(414,051

)

$

(266,588

)

Effects of exchange rate changes on foreign currency cash

 

 

58,834

 

 

(83,475

)

 

 



 



 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(163,526

)

 

157,497

 

Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period

 

 

3,022,868

 

 

3,643,697

 

 

 



 



 

Cash and cash equivalents – end of period

 

$

2,859,342

 

$

3,801,194

 

 

 



 



 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

7


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Preparation and Consolidation

          These unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In addition, the year-end balance sheet data were derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. In the opinion of management, these unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair statement of financial position and results of operations at the end of and for the periods presented. The results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

          To facilitate period-to-period comparisons, certain reclassifications have been made to prior period consolidated financial statement amounts to conform to current period presentation.

          For periods prior to July 1, 2010, unless the context otherwise indicates, references herein to the “Company” are to, and these financial statements include the accounts of, XL Group Ltd. (formerly, XL Capital Ltd), a Cayman Islands exempted company (“XL-Cayman”), and its consolidated subsidiaries. For periods subsequent to July 1, 2010, unless the context otherwise indicates, references herein to the “Company” are to, and these financial statements include the accounts of, XL Group plc, an Irish public limited company (“XL-Ireland”), and its consolidated subsidiaries.

          On July 1, 2010, XL-Ireland and XL-Cayman completed a redomestication transaction in which all of the ordinary shares of XL-Cayman were exchanged for all of the ordinary shares of XL-Ireland (the “Redomestication”). As a result, XL-Cayman became a wholly owned subsidiary of XL-Ireland.

          As described in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2011, as part of the Redomestication, neither the Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares nor the Series E preference ordinary shares were transferred from XL-Cayman to XL-Ireland. Accordingly, subsequent to July 1, 2010, these instruments represent non-controlling interests in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares should have been reclassified as Non-controlling interest – Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares and the Series E preference ordinary shares should have been reclassified as Non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries. As a result, during the annual period ended December 31, 2010 and the quarterly period ended September 30, 2010, amounts related to the Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares and the Series E preference ordinary shares were not correctly classified in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Management believes that the misclassifications are not material to the previously issued financial statements and accordingly, the Company has revised the December 31, 2010 financial statements in this report, and will revise September 30, 2010 financial statements when included in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011. The details of these classification errors are provided below for the annual period ended December 31, 2010. None of the revised classifications affected our total shareholders’ equity, net income or net income attributable to ordinary shareholders in any period. Details of the reclassifications are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands):

 

Previously
Reported

 

Revised

 

 

 


 


 

Series E preference ordinary shares, 1,000,000 authorized, par value $0.01; Issued and outstanding: (2010, 1,000,000; 2009, 1,000,000)

 

$

10

 

$

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

9,993,006

 

 

8,993,016

 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

10,610,753

 

 

9,610,753

 

Non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

2,296

 

 

1,002,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

$

(4

)

$

(39,831

)

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

643,377

 

 

603,550

 

Preference share dividends

 

 

(74,521

)

 

(34,694

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

1,886,639

 

 

1,846,812

 

8


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies

         (a) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In January 2010, the FASB issued an accounting standards update on Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. The provisions of this authoritative guidance require new disclosures about recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and information on purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. This guidance was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2010, except for the Level 3 reconciliation disclosures which were effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. See Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” for the Level 3 reconciliation disclosure changes made beginning during the first quarter of 2011. This standard affects disclosures only and, accordingly, did not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

          In July 2010, the FASB amended the general accounting principles for receivables as they relate to the disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. This amendment requires additional disclosures that provide a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. It also requires the disclosure of credit quality indicators, past due information, and modifications of financing receivables. The new disclosures are required for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2010, although the disclosures of reporting period activity (i.e., allowance roll-forward and modification disclosures) were required for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. This standard affects disclosures only and, accordingly, did not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded a provision of $9.9 million related to two structured loan investments. This provision remains unchanged at June 30, 2011. The Company holds investments in five separate structured loans with aggregate net carrying values of $41.8 million and $42.3 million at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. In addition, the Company had gross reinsurance balances receivable and reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and loss expense of $3.8 billion at each of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, against which an allowance of $105.3 million and $121.9 million was recorded at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. There were no charge offs recorded during the current period.

          In May 2011, the FASB issued updated accounting guidance to amend existing requirements for fair value measurements and disclosures. The guidance expands the disclosure requirements around fair value measurements categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, requiring quantitative information to be disclosed related to (1) the valuation processes used, (2) the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, and (3) use of a nonfinancial asset in a way that differs from the asset’s highest and best use. The guidance requires disclosure of the level in the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value but whose fair value must be disclosed. It also clarifies and expands upon existing requirements for fair value measurements of financial assets and liabilities as well as instruments classified in shareholders’ equity. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and early application is prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

          In June 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update on the presentation of comprehensive income in financial statements. This guidance will allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Under both options, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income and a total amount for comprehensive income. This guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. The guidance does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. This guidance must be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. This guidance affects disclosure only and will not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

9


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements

          Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price), in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date. Applicable accounting guidance provides an established hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability. Assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classification on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels for certain securities within the fair value hierarchy.

          The following tables set forth the Company’s assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 by level within the fair value hierarchy (for further information, see Item 8, Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Collateral and
Counterparty
Netting

 

Balance
at
June 30,
2011

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported

 

$

 

$

1,518,812

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,518,812

 

Corporate (1)

 

 

 

 

10,264,823

 

 

4,768

 

 

 

 

10,269,591

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

 

 

5,660,955

 

 

15,385

 

 

 

 

5,676,340

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

 

 

770,092

 

 

3,194

 

 

 

 

773,286

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

1,141,839

 

 

4,563

 

 

 

 

1,146,402

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

 

 

8,718

 

 

727,239

 

 

 

 

735,957

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

977,460

 

 

6,313

 

 

 

 

983,773

 

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

 

 

1,463,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,463,803

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

 

 

2,583,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,583,722

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities, at fair value

 

$

 

$

24,390,224

 

$

761,462

 

$

 

$

25,151,686

 

Equity securities, at fair value

 

 

244,798

 

 

73,897

 

 

 

 

 

 

318,695

 

Short-term investments, at fair value (1)(2)

 

 

 

 

2,841,070

 

 

10,753

 

 

 

 

2,851,823

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total investments available for sale

 

$

244,798

 

$

27,305,191

 

$

772,215

 

$

 

$

28,322,204

 

Cash equivalents (3)

 

 

1,030,924

 

 

611,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,642,540

 

Other investments (4)

 

 

 

 

527,730

 

 

114,540

 

 

 

 

642,270

 

Other assets (5)(6)

 

 

 

 

109,270

 

 

409

 

 

(36,942

)

 

72,737

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total assets accounted for at fair value

 

$

1,275,722

 

$

28,553,807

 

$

887,164

 

$

(36,942

)

$

30,679,751

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased (7)

 

$

 

$

26,149

 

$

 

$

 

$

26,149

 

Other liabilities (5)(6)

 

 

 

 

39,802

 

 

50,054

 

 

(4,011

)

 

85,845

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total liabilities accounted for at fair value

 

$

 

$

65,951

 

$

50,054

 

$

(4,011

)

$

111,994

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 


10


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Collateral and
Counterparty
Netting

 

Balance
at
December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported

 

$

 

$

2,127,491

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,127,491

 

Corporate (1)

 

 

 

 

10,325,725

 

 

35,158

 

 

 

 

10,360,883

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

 

 

5,134,491

 

 

30,255

 

 

 

 

5,164,746

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non- Agency

 

 

 

 

1,016,124

 

 

4,964

 

 

 

 

1,021,088

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

1,170,884

 

 

1,623

 

 

 

 

1,172,507

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

 

 

12,566

 

 

721,097

 

 

 

 

733,663

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

924,181

 

 

24,650

 

 

 

 

948,831

 

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

 

 

1,351,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,351,677

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

 

 

2,659,626

 

 

3,667

 

 

 

 

2,663,293

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities, at fair value

 

$

 

$

24,722,765

 

$

821,414

 

$

 

$

25,544,179

 

Equity securities, at fair value

 

 

71,284

 

 

13,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

84,767

 

Short-term investments, at fair value (1)(2)

 

 

 

 

2,046,424

 

 

2,183

 

 

 

 

2,048,607

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total investments available for sale

 

$

71,284

 

$

26,782,672

 

$

823,597

 

$

 

$

27,677,553

 

Cash equivalents (3)

 

 

1,358,619

 

 

540,646

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,899,265

 

Other investments (4)

 

 

 

 

490,320

 

 

133,717

 

 

 

 

624,037

 

Other assets (5)(6)

 

 

 

 

108,056

 

 

7,882

 

 

(22,995

)

 

92,943

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total assets accounted for at fair value

 

$

1,429,903

 

$

27,921,694

 

$

965,196

 

$

(22,995

)

$

30,293,798

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased (7)

 

$

256

 

$

21,270

 

$

 

$

 

$

21,526

 

Other liabilities (5)(6)

 

 

 

 

13,591

 

 

47,077

 

 

 

 

60,668

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total liabilities accounted for at fair value

 

$

256

 

$

34,861

 

$

47,077

 

$

 

$

82,194

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



Notes:

 

 

(1)

Included within Corporate are certain medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage. The notes, which are in a gross unrealized loss position, had a fair value of $491.3 million and $454.8 million and an amortized cost of $503.9 million and $504.6 million at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

(2)

Short-term investments consist primarily of Corporate, U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported securities and Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related securities.

(3)

Cash equivalents balances subject to fair value measurement include certificates of deposit and money market funds. Operating cash balances are not subject to fair value measurement guidance.

(4)

The Other investments balance excludes certain structured transactions including certain investments in project finance transactions, a payment obligation and liquidity financing provided to a structured credit vehicle as a part of a third party medium term note facility. These investments are carried at amortized cost that totaled $325.9 million at June 30, 2011 and $327.7 million at December 31, 2010.

(5)

Other assets and other liabilities include derivative instruments.

(6)

The derivative balances included in each category above are reported on a gross basis by level with a netting adjustment presented separately in the “Collateral and Counterparty Netting” column. The Company often enters into different types of derivative contracts with a single counterparty and these contracts are covered under a netting agreement. In addition, the Company held net cash collateral related to derivative positions of approximately $32.9 million and $23.0 million at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. This balance is included within cash and cash equivalents and the corresponding liability to return the collateral has been offset against the derivative positions within the balance sheet as appropriate under the netting agreement. The fair value of the individual derivative contracts are reported gross in their respective levels based on the fair value hierarchy.

(7)

Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased represent “short sales” and are included within “Net payable for investments purchased” on the balance sheet.

11


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses

          The tables below present additional information about assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and for which Level 3 inputs were utilized to determine fair value. The tables reflect gains and losses for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 for all financial assets and liabilities categorized as Level 3 at June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The tables do not include gains or losses that were reported in Level 3 in prior periods for assets that were transferred out of Level 3 prior to June 30, 2011 and 2010. Gains and losses for assets and liabilities classified within Level 3 in the table below may include changes in fair value that are attributable to both observable inputs (Levels 1 and 2) and unobservable inputs (Level 3). Further, it should be noted that the following tables do not take into consideration the effect of offsetting Level 1 and 2 financial instruments entered into by the Company that are either economically hedged by certain exposures to the Level 3 positions or that hedge the exposures in Level 3 positions.

          In general, Level 3 assets include securities for which the values were obtained from brokers where either significant inputs were utilized in determining the value that were difficult to corroborate with observable market data, or sufficient information regarding the specific inputs utilized by the broker was not available to support a Level 2 classification. Transfers into or out of Level 3 primarily arise as a result of the valuations utilized by the Company changing between either those provided by independent pricing services that do not contain significant observable inputs, or other valuations sourced from brokers which are considered Level 3.

          There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010.

12


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Corporate

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities –
Agency

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities – Non
Agency

 

Commercial
mortgage-backed
securities

 

Collateralized debt
obligations

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

34,866

 

$

32,987

 

$

3,335

 

$

1,757

 

$

742,284

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(247

)

 

 

 

 

 

207

 

 

(419

)

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

354

 

 

61

 

 

(22

)

 

(527

)

 

9,644

 

Purchases and issuances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,155

 

 

2,379

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(7,567

)

 

(165

)

 

(119

)

 

(29

)

 

(29,274

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

11,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,625

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(22,638

)

 

(28,774

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

4,768

 

$

15,385

 

$

3,194

 

$

4,563

 

$

727,239

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

71

 

$

61

 

$

(22

)

$

(320

)

$

8,419

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Three Months Ended June 30, 2011 (Continued)

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Other asset
backed
securities

 

Non-U.S.
Sovereign
Government
and
Supranationals
and
Government
Related

 

Short-term
Investments

 

Other investments

 

Derivative
Contracts - Net

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

12,371

 

$

 

$

286

 

$

144,834

 

$

(36,810

)

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

161

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,155

 

 

 

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

4,576

 

 

(1,982

)

 

(12,725

)

Purchases and issuances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,254

 

 

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(207

)

 

 

 

(221

)

 

(46,421

)

 

(110

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(300

)

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

(6,112

)

 

 

 

6,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

6,313

 

$

 

$

10,753

 

$

114,540

 

$

(49,645

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

290

 

$

 

$

4,588

 

$

9,285

 

$

(12,725

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

13


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Corporate

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities –
Agency

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities – Non
Agency

 

Commercial
mortgage-backed
securities

 

Collateralized debt
obligations

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

35,158

 

$

30,255

 

$

4,964

 

$

1,623

 

$

721,097

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(279

)

 

 

 

 

 

(678

)

 

(1,071

)

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

205

 

 

(50

)

 

(16

)

 

514

 

 

36,471

 

Purchases and issuances

 

 

6,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,155

 

 

2,379

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(8,369

)

 

(286

)

 

(374

)

 

(51

)

 

(33,523

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,886

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(28,824

)

 

(14,534

)

 

(1,380

)

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

4,768

 

$

15,385

 

$

3,194

 

$

4,563

 

$

727,239

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

6

 

$

(50

)

$

(16

)

$

(152

)

$

33,777

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 (Continued)

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Other asset
backed
securities

 

Non-U.S.
Sovereign
Government
and
Supranationals
and
Government
Related

 

Short-term
Investments

 

Other investments

 

Derivative
Contracts - Net

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

24,650

 

$

3,667

 

$

2,183

 

$

133,717

 

$

(39,195

)

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(317

)

 

 

 

 

 

12,155

 

 

 

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

1,698

 

 

 

 

5,098

 

 

7,492

 

 

(10,276

)

Purchases and issuances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,115

 

 

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(9,857

)

 

 

 

(1,358

)

 

(46,939

)

 

(174

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(5,031

)

 

(3,667

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

(4,830

)

 

 

 

4,830

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

6,313

 

$

 

$

10,753

 

$

114,540

 

$

(49,645

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

1,031

 

$

 

$

5,162

 

$

17,337

 

$

(10,276

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

14


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Three Months Ended June 30, 2010

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Corporate

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities –
Agency

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities – Non
Agency

 

Commercial
mortgage-backed
securities

 

Collateralized debt
obligations

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

9,493

 

$

 

$

30,000

 

$

41,655

 

$

711,749

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

117

 

 

 

 

(2,681

)

 

(286

)

 

(7,930

)

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

474

 

 

(60

)

 

(13,889

)

Purchases and issuances

 

 

22,944

 

 

1,226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(257)

 

 

 

 

(1,748

)

 

 

 

(467

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

12,146

 

 

 

 

7,201

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(4,800

)

 

 

 

(23,238

)

 

(40,882

)

 

(1,280

)

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,416

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

39,676

 

$

1,226

 

$

10,008

 

$

427

 

$

686,767

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

316

 

$

 

$

340

 

$

(54

)

$

(15,385

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Three Months Ended June 30, 2010 (Continued)

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Other asset
backed
securities

 

Non-U.S.
Sovereign
Government
and
Supranationals
and
Government
Related

 

Short-term
Investments

 

Other investments

 

Derivative
Contracts - Net

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

52,082

 

$

3,242

 

$

6,566

 

$

83,088

 

$

104,474

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(7,742

)

 

 

 

(1,146

)

 

2,565

 

 

 

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

5,490

 

 

(60

)

 

(160

)

 

1,567

 

 

53,027

 

Purchases and issuances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,162

 

 

5,522

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(75

)

 

 

 

(717

)

 

(525

)

 

(112

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(27,234

)

 

 

 

(878

)

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

22,521

 

$

3,182

 

$

5,081

 

$

92,857

 

$

162,911

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

(3,221

)

$

(60

)

$

(58

)

$

1,567

 

$

53,027

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

15


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Corporate

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities –
Agency

 

Residential
mortgage-backed
securities – Non
Agency

 

Commercial
mortgage-backed
securities

 

Collateralized debt
obligations

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

10,311

 

$

7,894

 

$

42,190

 

$

2,755

 

$

190,663

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(4,438

)

 

 

 

(5,674

)

 

(209

)

 

(13,174

)

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

480

 

 

 

 

706

 

 

16

 

 

16,636

 

Purchases and issuances

 

 

23,275

 

 

1,226

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(1,135

)

 

 

 

(853

)

 

(706

)

 

(14

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

14,951

 

 

 

 

8,433

 

 

 

 

495,734

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(3,768

)

 

(7,894

)

 

(34,803

)

 

(1,429

)

 

(1,356

)

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,722

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

39,676

 

$

1,226

 

$

10,008

 

$

427

 

$

686,767

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

599

 

$

 

$

405

 

$

(151

)

$

15,574

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 (Continued)

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Other asset
backed
securities

 

Non-U.S.
Sovereign
Government
and
Supranationals
and
Government
Related

 

Short-term
Investments

 

Other investments

 

Derivative
Contracts - Net

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

38,179

 

$

3,217

 

$

6,486

 

$

75,584

 

$

100,515

 

Realized gains (losses)

 

 

(14,082

)

 

 

 

(4,502

)

 

2,565

 

 

 

Movement in unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

9,236

 

 

(102

)

 

2,512

 

 

5,552

 

 

51,637

 

Purchases and issuances

 

 

4,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,908

 

 

10,985

 

Sales and settlements

 

 

(76

)

 

 

 

(2,124

)

 

(1,752

)

 

(226

)

Transfers into Level 3

 

 

204

 

 

67

 

 

987

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

(15,453

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturities to short-term investments classification change

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, end of period

 

$

22,521

 

$

3,182

 

$

5,081

 

$

92,857

 

$

162,911

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Movement in total gains (losses) above relating to instruments still held at the reporting date

 

$

(1,168

)

$

(102

)

$

2,193

 

$

5,552

 

$

51,637

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

16


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Fixed maturities and short-term investments

          At March 31, 2010, certain collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) that were previously classified as Level 2 due to sufficient market data being available to allow a price to be determined and provided by third party pricing vendors, were transferred to Level 3 because third party vendor prices were no longer believed to be the most appropriate pricing source. Broker quotes, for which sufficient information regarding the specific inputs utilized by the broker was not available to support a Level 2 classification, are the primary source of the valuations for these CDO securities.

          Other investments

          Included within the Other investments component of the Company’s Level 3 valuations are private investments and alternative investments where the Company is not deemed to have significant influence over the investee. The fair value of these investments is based upon net asset values received from the investment manager or general partner of the respective entity. The nature of the underlying investments held by the investee which form the basis of the net asset value include assets such as private business ventures and are such that significant Level 3 inputs are utilized in the determination of the individual underlying holding values and, accordingly, the fair value of the Company’s investment in each entity is classified within Level 3. The Company also incorporates factors such as the most recent financial information received, the values at which capital transactions with the investee take place, and management’s judgment regarding whether any adjustments should be made to the net asset value in recording the fair value of each position. Investments in alternative funds included in Other investments utilize strategies including arbitrage, directional, event driven and multi-style. These funds potentially have lockup and gate provisions which may limit redemption liquidity. For further details regarding the nature of Other investments and related features see Item 8, Note 10, “Other Investments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          Derivative instruments

          Derivative instruments classified within Level 3 include: (i) certain interest rate swaps where the duration of the contract the Company holds exceeds that of the longest term on a market observable input, (ii) guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”) embedded within a certain reinsurance contract, (iii) a put option included within the Company’s remaining contingent capital facility and (iv) credit derivatives sold providing protection on senior tranches of structured finance transactions where the value is obtained directly from the investment bank counterparty for which sufficient information regarding the inputs utilized in the valuation was not obtained to support a Level 2 classification. The majority of inputs utilized in the valuations of these types of derivative contracts are considered Level 1 or Level 2; however, each valuation includes at least one Level 3 input that was significant to the valuation and, accordingly, the values are disclosed within Level 3.

17


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

          Level 3 Gains and Losses (continued)

          In addition, see Item 8, Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 for a general discussion of types of assets and liabilities that are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as well as the Company’s valuation policies for such instruments.

          Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value

          Authoritative guidance over disclosures about fair value of financial instruments requires additional disclosure of fair value information for financial instruments not carried at fair value in both interim and annual reporting periods. Certain financial instruments, particularly insurance contracts, are excluded from these fair value disclosure requirements. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income, net receivable from investments sold, other assets, net payable for investments purchased, other liabilities and other financial instruments not included below approximated their fair values. The following table includes financial instruments for which the carrying value differs from the estimated fair values:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
June 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 




 


 

Fixed maturities, held to maturity

 

$

2,843,371

 

$

2,819,505

 

$

2,728,335

 

$

2,742,626

 

Other investments – structured transactions

 

$

325,880

 

$

323,750

 

$

327,686

 

$

317,524

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Financial Assets

 

$

3,169,251

 

$

3,143,255

 

$

3,056,021

 

$

3,060,150

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit liabilities

 

$

1,666,275

 

$

1,730,727

 

$

1,684,606

 

$

1,737,107

 

Notes payable and debt

 

 

2,461,426

 

 

2,628,570

 

 

2,464,410

 

 

2,627,897

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Financial Liabilities

 

$

4,127,701

 

$

4,359,297

 

$

4,149,016

 

$

4,365,004

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest - Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

$

71,150

 

$

66,347

 

$

71,900

 

$

61,115

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

          The Company historically participated in structured transactions that include cash loans supporting project finance transactions, providing liquidity facility financing to structured project deals and an investment in a payment obligation with an insurance company. These transactions are carried at amortized cost. The fair value of these investments held by the Company is determined through use of internal models utilizing reported trades, benchmark yields, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data.

          Deposit liabilities include obligations under structured insurance and reinsurance transactions. For purposes of fair value disclosures, the Company determined the estimated fair value of the deposit liabilities by assuming a discount rate equal to the appropriate U.S. Treasury rate plus 140.4 basis points and the appropriate U.S. Treasury rate plus 142.3 basis points at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The discount rate incorporates the Company’s own credit risk into the determination of estimated fair value.

          The fair values of the Company’s notes payable and debt outstanding are determined based on quoted market prices.

          The fair value of the Company’s Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares outstanding is determined based on indicative quotes provided by brokers.

          There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Company’s financial instruments as defined in the authoritative guidance over disclosures of fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value, which excludes certain financial instruments, particularly insurance contracts.

18


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information

          The Company is organized into three operating segments: Insurance, Reinsurance and Life operations. The Company’s general investment and financing operations are reflected in Corporate.

          The Company evaluates the performance for both the Insurance and Reinsurance segments based on underwriting profit while the Life operations segment performance is based on contribution. Other items of revenue and expenditure of the Company are not evaluated at the segment level for reporting purposes. In addition, the Company does not allocate investment assets by segment for its Property and Casualty (“P&C”) operations. Investment assets related to the Company’s Life operations and certain structured products included in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate are held in separately identified portfolios. As such, net investment income from these assets is included in the contribution from each of these segments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months ended June 30, 2011:
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratios)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total P&C

 

Life
Operations

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

1,290,030

 

$

472,413

 

$

1,762,443

 

$

100,281

 

$

 

$

1,862,724

 

Net premiums written

 

 

893,191

 

 

412,868

 

 

1,306,059

 

 

92,194

 

 

 

 

1,398,253

 

Net premiums earned

 

 

907,443

 

 

398,682

 

 

1,306,125

 

 

92,214

 

 

 

 

1,398,339

 

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(608,182

)

 

(215,402

)

 

(823,584

)

 

(137,416

)

 

 

 

(961,000

)

Acquisition costs

 

 

(113,883

)

 

(91,448

)

 

(205,331

)

 

(9,768

)

 

 

 

(215,099

)

Operating expenses (1)

 

 

(166,608

)

 

(43,553

)

 

(210,161

)

 

(2,723

)

 

 

 

(212,884

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

18,770

 

$

48,279

 

$

67,049

 

$

(57,693

)

$

 

$

9,356

 

Net investment income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

196,053

 

 

82,057

 

 

 

 

278,110

 

Net results from structured products (2)

 

 

2,690

 

 

2,226

 

 

4,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,916

 

Net fee income and other (3)

 

 

(3,218

)

 

(9

)

 

(3,227

)

 

96

 

 

 

 

(3,131

)

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,248

)

 

704

 

 

 

 

(9,544

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution from P&C, Life Operations and Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

254,543

 

$

25,164

 

$

 

$

279,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized & unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(10,950

)

$

(10,950

)

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates and operating affiliates (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,501

 

 

56,501

 

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,498

 

 

8,498

 

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,522

)

 

(39,522

)

Interest expense (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41,599

)

 

(41,599

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,102

)

 

(2,102

)

Income taxes & other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,870

)

 

(24,870

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net income attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

225,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios – P&C operations: (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

67.0

%

 

54.0

%

 

63.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

30.9

%

 

33.9

%

 

31.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combined ratio

 

 

97.9

%

 

87.9

%

 

94.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

Notes:

 

(1)

Operating expenses exclude Corporate operating expenses, shown separately.

(2)

The net results from P&C structured products include net investment income and interest expense of $18.4 million and $13.5 million.

(3)

Net fee income and other includes operating expenses from the Company’s loss prevention consulting services business and expenses related to the cost of an endorsement facility with National Indemnity Company.

(4)

The Company records the income related to the alternative funds and to the private investment fund and operating affiliates on a one month and three month lag, respectively.

(5)

Interest expense excludes interest expense related to deposit liabilities recorded in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

(6)

Ratios are based on net premiums earned from P&C operations.

19


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months ended June 30, 2010:
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratios)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total P&C

 

Life
Operations

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

1,085,740

 

$

421,340

 

$

1,507,080

 

$

92,838

 

$

 

$

1,599,918

 

Net premiums written

 

 

757,424

 

 

357,180

 

 

1,114,604

 

 

86,094

 

 

 

 

1,200,698

 

Net premiums earned

 

 

868,666

 

 

347,647

 

 

1,216,313

 

 

86,448

 

 

 

 

1,302,761

 

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(592,184

)

 

(154,981

)

 

(747,165

)

 

(123,375

)

 

 

 

(870,540

)

Acquisition costs

 

 

(92,236

)

 

(75,572

)

 

(167,808

)

 

(12,752

)

 

 

 

(180,560

)

Operating expenses (1)

 

 

(163,005

)

 

(43,662

)

 

(206,667

)

 

(2,765

)

 

 

 

(209,432

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

21,241

 

$

73,432

 

$

94,673

 

$

(52,444

)

$

 

$

42,229

 

Net investment income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

205,346

 

 

75,389

 

 

 

 

280,735

 

Net results from structured products (2)

 

 

2,940

 

 

5,776

 

 

8,716

 

 

 

 

3,086

 

 

11,802

 

Net fee income and other (3)

 

 

(4,337

)

 

575

 

 

(3,762

)

 

114

 

 

 

 

(3,648

)

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55,876

)

 

(5,445

)

 

(65

)

 

(61,386

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution from P&C, Life Operations and Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

249,097

 

$

17,614

 

$

3,021

 

$

269,732

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized & unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(19,896

)

$

(19,896

)

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates and operating affiliates (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,097

 

 

40,097

 

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,276

 

 

32,276

 

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22,793

)

 

(22,793

)

Interest expense (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(38,551

)

 

(38,551

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

 

80

 

Loss on termination of guarantee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,500

)

 

(23,500

)

Income taxes & other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(43,440

)

 

(43,440

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net income attributable to XL Group Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

194,005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios – P&C operations: (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

68.2

%

 

44.6

%

 

61.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

29.4

%

 

34.3

%

 

30.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combined ratio

 

 

97.6

%

 

78.9

%

 

92.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

Notes:

 

(1)

Operating expenses exclude Corporate operating expenses, shown separately.

(2)

The net results from P&C structured products and Corporate structured products include net investment income, interest expense and operating expenses of $17.2 million, $9.9 million and $1.4 million (credit) and $4.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

(3)

Net fee income and other includes operating expenses from the Company’s loss prevention consulting services business and expenses related to the cost of an endorsement facility with National Indemnity Company.

(4)

The Company records the income related to the alternative funds and to the private investment fund and operating affiliates on a one month and three month lag, respectively.

(5)

Interest expense excludes interest expense related to deposit liabilities recorded in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

(6)

Ratios are based on net premiums earned from P&C operations.

20


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratios)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total P&C

 

Life
Operations

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

2,512,379

 

$

1,349,184

 

$

3,861,563

 

$

197,940

 

$

 

$

4,059,503

 

Net premiums written

 

 

1,812,181

 

 

1,208,160

 

 

3,020,341

 

 

181,866

 

 

 

 

3,202,207

 

Net premiums earned

 

 

1,783,363

 

 

794,458

 

 

2,577,821

 

 

181,901

 

 

 

 

2,759,722

 

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(1,396,695

)

 

(635,754

)

 

(2,032,449

)

 

(270,647

)

 

 

 

(2,303,096

)

Acquisition costs

 

 

(221,527

)

 

(164,974

)

 

(386,501

)

 

(17,088

)

 

 

 

(403,589

)

Operating expenses (1)

 

 

(330,703

)

 

(89,183

)

 

(419,886

)

 

(4,889

)

 

 

 

(424,775

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

(165,562

)

$

(95,453

)

$

(261,015

)

$

(110,723

)

$

 

$

(371,738

)

Net investment income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

379,618

 

 

159,033

 

 

 

 

538,651

 

Net results from structured products (2)

 

 

5,950

 

 

6,440

 

 

12,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,390

 

Net fee income and other (3)

 

 

(9,130

)

 

1,385

 

 

(7,745

)

 

137

 

 

 

 

(7,608

)

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(37,134

)

 

(38,847

)

 

 

 

(75,981

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution from P&C, Life Operations and Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

86,114

 

$

9,600

 

$

 

$

95,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized & unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(7,383

)

$

(7,383

)

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates and operating affiliates (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97,287

 

 

97,287

 

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,016

)

 

(1,016

)

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(74,749

)

 

(74,749

)

Interest expense (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(83,498

)

 

(83,498

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35,438

)

 

(35,438

)

Income taxes & other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,462

 

 

7,462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net income attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1,621

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios – P&C operations: (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

78.3

%

 

80.0

%

 

78.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

31.0

%

 

32.0

%

 

31.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combined ratio

 

 

109.3

%

 

112.0

%

 

110.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

Notes:

(1)

Operating expenses exclude Corporate operating expenses, shown separately.

(2)

The net results from P&C structured products include net investment income and interest expense of $38.1 million and $25.7 million.

(3)

Net fee income and other includes operating expenses from the Company’s loss prevention consulting services business and expenses related to the cost of an endorsement facility with National Indemnity Company.

(4)

The Company records the income related to the alternative funds and to the private investment fund and operating affiliates on a one month and three month lag, respectively.

(5)

Interest expense excludes interest expense related to deposit liabilities recorded in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

(6)

Ratios are based on net premiums earned from P&C operations.

21


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratios)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total P&C

 

Life
Operations

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

2,217,630

 

$

1,211,763

 

$

3,429,393

 

$

205,739

 

$

 

$

3,635,132

 

Net premiums written

 

 

1,658,688

 

 

1,052,441

 

 

2,711,129

 

 

190,760

 

 

 

 

2,901,889

 

Net premiums earned

 

 

1,765,677

 

 

714,237

 

 

2,479,914

 

 

191,332

 

 

 

 

2,671,246

 

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(1,240,503

)

 

(398,862

)

 

(1,639,365

)

 

(247,118

)

 

 

 

(1,886,483

)

Acquisition costs

 

 

(202,378

)

 

(148,177

)

 

(350,555

)

 

(31,142

)

 

 

 

(381,697

)

Operating expenses (1)

 

 

(316,241

)

 

(85,690

)

 

(401,931

)

 

(5,773

)

 

 

 

(407,704

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

6,555

 

$

81,508

 

$

88,063

 

$

(92,701

)

$

 

$

(4,638

)

Net investment income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

409,260

 

 

155,733

 

 

 

 

564,993

 

Net results from structured products (2)

 

 

8,579

 

 

8,252

 

 

16,831

 

 

 

 

6,739

 

 

23,570

 

Net fee income and other (3)

 

 

(8,123

)

 

894

 

 

(7,229

)

 

154

 

 

 

 

(7,075

)

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(84,453

)

 

(9,858

)

 

(3,251

)

 

(97,562

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution from P&C, Life Operations and Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

422,472

 

$

53,328

 

$

3,488

 

$

479,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized & unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(40,376

)

$

(40,376

)

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates and operating affiliates (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59,881

 

 

59,881

 

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,359

 

 

53,359

 

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41,656

)

 

(41,656

)

Interest expense (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(75,451

)

 

(75,451

)

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

 

81

 

Loss on termination of guarantee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,500

)

 

(23,500

)

Income taxes & other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(73,741

)

 

(73,741

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net income attributable to XL Group Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

337,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios – P&C operations: (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

70.3

%

 

55.8

%

 

66.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

29.3

%

 

32.8

%

 

30.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combined ratio

 

 

99.6

%

 

88.6

%

 

96.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

Notes:

(1)

Operating expenses exclude Corporate operating expenses, shown separately.

(2)

The net results from P&C structured products and Corporate structured products include net investment income, interest expense and operating expenses of $36.9 million, $21.4 million and $1.3 million (credit) and $9.0 million, $1.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

(3)

Net fee income and other includes operating expenses from the Company’s loss prevention consulting services business and expenses related to the cost of an endorsement facility with National Indemnity Company.

(4)

The Company records the income related to the alternative funds and to the private investment fund and operating affiliates on a one month and three month lag, respectively.

(5)

Interest expense excludes interest expense related to deposit liabilities recorded in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

(6)

Ratios are based on net premiums earned from P&C operations.

22


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information (Continued)

          The following tables summarize the Company’s net premiums earned by line of business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months ended June 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Life
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

P&C Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Casualty – professional lines

 

$

322,654

 

$

51,914

 

$

 

$

374,568

 

Casualty – other lines

 

 

179,495

 

 

68,920

 

 

 

 

248,415

 

Property catastrophe

 

 

 

 

94,363

 

 

 

 

94,363

 

Other property

 

 

116,829

 

 

135,255

 

 

 

 

252,084

 

Marine, energy, aviation and satellite

 

 

129,008

 

 

30,435

 

 

 

 

159,443

 

Other specialty lines (1)

 

 

157,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

157,386

 

Other (2)

 

 

1,064

 

 

17,903

 

 

 

 

18,967

 

Structured indemnity

 

 

1,007

 

 

(108

)

 

 

 

899

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total P&C Operations

 

$

907,443

 

 

398,682

 

$

 

$

1,306,125

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Life

 

$

 

$

 

$

58,246

 

$

58,246

 

Annuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,968

 

 

33,968

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total Life Operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

92,214

 

$

92,214

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

907,443

 

$

398,682

 

$

92,214

 

$

1,398,339

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months ended June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Life
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

P&C Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Casualty – professional lines

 

$

328,069

 

$

51,665

 

$

 

$

379,734

 

Casualty – other lines

 

 

141,353

 

 

51,320

 

 

 

 

192,673

 

Property catastrophe

 

 

 

 

80,876

 

 

 

 

80,876

 

Other property

 

 

108,016

 

 

115,425

 

 

 

 

223,441

 

Marine, energy, aviation and satellite

 

 

133,720

 

 

22,452

 

 

 

 

156,172

 

Other specialty lines (1)

 

 

151,016

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,016

 

Other (2)

 

 

3,389

 

 

25,847

 

 

 

 

29,236

 

Structured indemnity

 

 

3,103

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

3,165

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total P&C Operations

 

$

868,666

 

 

347,647

 

$

 

$

1,216,313

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Life

 

$

 

$

 

$

55,879

 

$

55,879

 

Annuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,569

 

 

30,569

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total Life Operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

86,448

 

$

86,448

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

868,666

 

$

347,647

 

$

86,448

 

$

1,302,761

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 



 

(1)

Other specialty lines within the Insurance segment includes: environmental, programs, equine, warranty, specie, middle markets and excess and surplus lines.

(2)

Other includes credit and surety, whole account contracts and other lines.

(3)

Certain reclassifications have been made to conform to current period presentation.

23


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Segment Information (Continued)

          The following tables summarize the Company’s net premiums earned by line of business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Life
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

P&C Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Casualty – professional lines

 

$

638,297

 

$

105,633

 

$

 

$

743,930

 

Casualty – other lines

 

 

338,325

 

 

119,963

 

 

 

 

458,288

 

Property catastrophe

 

 

 

 

188,927

 

 

 

 

188,927

 

Other property

 

 

223,693

 

 

271,497

 

 

 

 

495,190

 

Marine, energy, aviation and satellite

 

 

255,075

 

 

68,863

 

 

 

 

323,938

 

Other specialty lines (1)

 

 

323,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

323,452

 

Other (2)

 

 

2,416

 

 

43,452

 

 

 

 

45,868

 

Structured indemnity

 

 

2,105

 

 

(3,877

)

 

 

 

(1,772

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total P&C Operations

 

$

1,783,363

 

 

794,458

 

$

 

$

2,577,821

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Life

 

$

 

$

 

$

115,010

 

$

115,010

 

Annuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

66,891

 

 

66,891

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total Life Operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

181,901

 

$

181,901

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

1,783,363

 

$

794,458

 

$

181,901

 

$

2,759,722

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Life
Operations

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

P&C Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Casualty – professional lines

 

$

665,127

 

$

107,385

 

$

 

$

772,512

 

Casualty – other lines

 

 

298,719

 

 

115,453

 

 

 

 

414,172

 

Property catastrophe

 

 

 

 

165,511

 

 

 

 

165,511

 

Other property

 

 

205,555

 

 

228,688

 

 

 

 

434,243

 

Marine, energy, aviation and satellite

 

 

274,490

 

 

42,641

 

 

 

 

317,131

 

Other specialty lines (1)

 

 

312,644

 

 

 

 

 

 

312,644

 

Other (2)

 

 

3,353

 

 

54,844

 

 

 

 

58,197

 

Structured indemnity

 

 

5,789

 

 

(285

)

 

 

 

5,504

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total P&C Operations

 

$

1,765,677

 

 

714,237

 

$

 

$

2,479,914

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Life

 

$

 

$

 

$

129,332

 

$

129,332

 

Annuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,000

 

 

62,000

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total Life Operations

 

$

 

$

 

$

191,332

 

$

191,332

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

1,765,677

 

$

714,237

 

$

191,332

 

$

2,671,246

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 



 

(1)

Other specialty lines within the Insurance segment includes: environmental, programs, equine, warranty, specie, middle markets and excess and surplus lines.

(2)

Other includes credit and surety, whole account contracts and other lines.

(3)

Certain reclassifications have been made to conform to current period presentation.

24


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments

          The cost (amortized cost for fixed maturities and short-term investments), fair value, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized (losses), and other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) of the Company’s available for sale investments at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (“AOCI”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

June 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Cost or
Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Related to
Changes In
Estimated
Fair Value

 

OTTI
Included In
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)(1)

 

Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government- Related/Supported (2)

 

$

1,454,860

 

$

79,258

 

$

(15,306

)

$

 

$

1,518,812

 

Corporate (3) (4)

 

 

10,196,731

 

 

366,054

 

 

(223,974

)

 

(69,220

)

 

10,269,591

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

5,506,311

 

 

181,501

 

 

(11,472

)

 

 

 

5,676,340

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

970,742

 

 

22,885

 

 

(108,719

)

 

(111,622

)

 

773,286

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,097,687

 

 

61,737

 

 

(5,529

)

 

(7,493

)

 

1,146,402

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

884,809

 

 

10,816

 

 

(152,647

)

 

(7,021

)

 

735,957

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

992,550

 

 

13,341

 

 

(15,032

)

 

(7,086

)

 

983,773

 

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

1,445,473

 

 

32,450

 

 

(14,120

)

 

 

 

1,463,803

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related/Supported (2)

 

 

2,556,325

 

 

58,694

 

 

(31,297

)

 

 

 

2,583,722

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities

 

$

25,105,488

 

$

826,736

 

$

(578,096

)

$

(202,442

)

$

25,151,686

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total short-term investments (3)

 

$

2,855,542

 

$

35,049

 

$

(38,768

)

$

 

$

2,851,823

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total equity securities

 

$

282,128

 

$

36,788

 

$

(221

)

$

 

$

318,695

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

Represents the amount of OTTI losses in AOCI, which from April 1, 2009 was not included in earnings under authoritative accounting guidance.

(2)

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported and Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranationals and Government-Related/Supported includes government-related securities with an amortized cost of $2,014.9 million and fair value of $2,025.0 million and U.S. Agencies with an amortized cost of $699.6 million and fair value of $726.1 million.

(3)

Included within Corporate are certain medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage. The notes have a fair value of $491.3 million and an amortized cost of $503.9 million. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

(4)

Included within Corporate are Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions. These securities have a fair value of $641.9 million and an amortized cost of $746.1 million at June 30, 2011.

25


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (“AOCI”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Cost or
Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Related to
Changes In
Estimated
Fair Value

 

OTTI
Included In
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)(1)

 

Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government- Related/Supported (2)

 

$

2,052,551

 

$

98,889

 

$

(23,949

)

$

 

$

2,127,491

 

Corporate (3) (4)

 

 

10,352,806

 

 

353,308

 

 

(272,093

)

 

(73,138

)

 

10,360,883

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

5,020,469

 

 

152,905

 

 

(8,628

)

 

 

 

5,164,746

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

1,256,741

 

 

26,356

 

 

(133,758

)

 

(128,251

)

 

1,021,088

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,135,075

 

 

55,852

 

 

(7,960

)

 

(10,460

)

 

1,172,507

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

920,080

 

 

10,960

 

 

(188,563

)

 

(8,814

)

 

733,663

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

964,129

 

 

16,084

 

 

(23,218

)

 

(8,164

)

 

948,831

 

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

1,370,378

 

 

16,746

 

 

(35,447

)

 

 

 

1,351,677

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government- Related/Supported (2)

 

 

2,642,657

 

 

63,511

 

 

(42,875

)

 

 

 

2,663,293

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities

 

$

25,714,886

 

$

794,611

 

$

(736,491

)

$

(228,827

)

$

25,544,179

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total short-term investments (3)

 

$

2,058,447

 

$

19,606

 

$

(29,446

)

$

 

$

2,048,607

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total equity securities

 

$

56,737

 

$

28,083

 

$

(53

)

$

 

$

84,767

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

Represents the amount of OTTI losses in AOCI, which from April 1, 2009 was not included in earnings under authoritative accounting guidance.

(2)

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported and Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranationals and Government-Related/Supported includes government-related securities with an amortized cost of $2,101.0 million and fair value of $2,131.2 million and U.S. Agencies with an amortized cost of $1,019.2 million and fair value of $1,072.6 million.

(3)

Included within Corporate are certain medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage. The notes have a fair value of $454.8 million and an amortized cost of $504.6 million. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

(4)

Included within Corporate are Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions. These securities have a fair value of $757.8 million and an amortized cost of $883.0 million at December 31, 2010.

          The Company had gross unrealized losses totaling $819.5 million at June 30, 2011 on its available for sale portfolio and $48.3 million on its held-to-maturity portfolio, which it considers to be temporarily impaired. Individual security positions comprising this balance have been evaluated by management, based on specified criteria, to determine if these impairments should be considered other than temporary. These criteria include an assessment of the severity of impairment along with management’s assessment as to whether it is likely to sell these securities.

          At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, approximately 2.9% and 3.5%, respectively, of the Company’s fixed income investment portfolio at fair value was invested in securities which were below investment grade or not rated. Approximately 27.6% and 29.4% of the gross unrealized losses in the Company’s fixed income securities portfolio at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, related to securities that were below investment grade or not rated.

26


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          The following is an analysis of how long the available for sale securities at June 30, 2011 had been in a continual unrealized loss position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

Equal to or greater
than 12 months

 

 

 


 


 

June 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses (1)

 

Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses (1)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities and short-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported

 

$

418,953

 

$

(16,616

)

$

126,530

 

$

(17,873

)

Corporate (2) (3)

 

 

2,429,908

 

 

(86,771

)

 

1,374,319

 

 

(214,481

)

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

948,527

 

 

(8,417

)

 

13,606

 

 

(3,099

)

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

98,770

 

 

(27,038

)

 

573,274

 

 

(193,306

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

106,076

 

 

(3,694

)

 

43,771

 

 

(9,328

)

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

3,597

 

 

(2,239

)

 

713,897

 

 

(157,429

)

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

183,539

 

 

(2,107

)

 

191,212

 

 

(22,226

)

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

554,520

 

 

(10,783

)

 

50,105

 

 

(3,337

)

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

822,154

 

 

(7,510

)

 

368,376

 

 

(33,052

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities and short-term investments

 

$

5,566,044

 

$

(165,175

)

$

3,455,090

 

$

(654,131

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total equity securities

 

$

10,343

 

$

(221

)

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

On securities impacted by the April 1, 2009 changes to OTTI values, length of time of impairment is measured from the point at which securities returned to a net unrealized loss position (i.e., from April 1, 2009).

(2)

Included within Corporate are certain medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage. The notes, which are in a gross unrealized loss position, have a fair value of $491.3 million and an amortized cost of $503.9 million. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

(3)

Included within Corporate are Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions. These securities, which are in a gross unrealized loss position, have a fair value of $641.9 million and an amortized cost of $746.1 million at June 30, 2011.

27


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

The following is an analysis of how long each of those available for sale securities at December 31, 2010 had been in a continual unrealized loss position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

Equal to or greater
than 12 months

 

 

 


 


 

December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses (1)

 

Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses (1)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities and short-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported

 

$

307,082

 

$

(25,482

) 

$

117,394

 

$

(10,417

) 

Corporate (2) (3)

 

 

2,271,887

 

 

(80,276

) 

 

1,627,083

 

 

(275,023

) 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

280,390

 

 

(6,736

) 

 

34,186

 

 

(1,913

) 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

40,052

 

 

(2,574

) 

 

843,168

 

 

(259,715

) 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

46,419

 

 

(2,472

) 

 

69,475

 

 

(15,967

) 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

2,500

 

 

(51

) 

 

715,295

 

 

(197,535

) 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

122,548

 

 

(1,619

) 

 

226,946

 

 

(33,546

) 

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

734,893

 

 

(30,033

) 

 

40,907

 

 

(5,452

) 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

459,686

 

 

(5,116

) 

 

418,322

 

 

(40,837

) 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities and short-term investments

 

$

4,265,457

 

$

(154,359

) 

$

4,092,776

 

$

(840,405

) 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total equity securities

 

$

158

 

$

(53

) 

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

On securities impacted by the April 1, 2009 changes to OTTI values, length of time of impairment is measured from the point at which securities returned to a net unrealized loss position (i.e., from April 1, 2009).

(2)

Included within Corporate are certain medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European credit with varying degrees of leverage. The notes, which are in a gross unrealized loss position, have a fair value of $370.8 million and an amortized cost of $423.9 million. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

(3)

Included within Corporate are Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions. These securities, which are in a gross unrealized loss position, have a fair value of $757.8 million and an amortized cost of $883.0 million at December 31, 2010.

          The contractual maturities of available for sale fixed income securities are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
June 30, 2011 (1)

 

December 31, 2010 (1)

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Due after 1 through 5 years

 

$

8,381,553

 

$

8,543,992

 

$

8,807,515

 

$

8,936,246

 

Due after 5 through 10 years

 

 

3,614,498

 

 

3,728,269

 

 

3,733,842

 

 

3,857,055

 

Due after 10 years

 

 

3,657,338

 

 

3,563,667

 

 

3,877,035

 

 

3,710,043

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

15,653,389

 

 

15,835,928

 

 

16,418,392

 

 

16,503,344

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

5,506,311

 

 

5,676,340

 

 

5,020,469

 

 

5,164,746

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

970,742

 

 

773,286

 

 

1,256,741

 

 

1,021,088

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,097,687

 

 

1,146,402

 

 

1,135,075

 

 

1,172,507

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

884,809

 

 

735,957

 

 

920,080

 

 

733,663

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

992,550

 

 

983,773

 

 

964,129

 

 

948,831

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

9,452,099

 

 

9,315,758

 

 

9,296,494

 

 

9,040,835

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

25,105,488

 

$

25,151,686

 

$

25,714,886

 

$

25,544,179

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

Included in the table above are Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments senior to the common and preferred equities of the financial institutions, at their fair value of $641.9 million and $757.8 million at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. These securities are reflected in the table based on their call date and have net unrealized losses of $104.2 million and $143.7 million at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

28


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          Factors considered in determining that the remaining gross unrealized loss is not other-than-temporarily impaired include management’s consideration of current and near term liquidity needs and other available sources, an evaluation of the factors and time necessary for recovery and an assessment of whether the Company has the intention to sell or considers it more likely than not that it will be forced to sell a security.

          Gross unrealized losses of $819.5 million on available for sale and $48.3 million on held to maturity assets at June 30, 2011 can be attributed to the following significant drivers:

 

 

 

 

gross unrealized losses of $220.3 million related to the non-Agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) portfolio (which consists of the Company’s holdings of sub-prime non-agency securities, second liens, asset-backed securities (“ABS”) CDOs with sub-prime collateral, Alt-A mortgage exposures and Prime RMBS), which had a fair value of $858.5 million at June 30, 2011. The Company, in conjunction with its investment manager service providers, undertook a security level review of these securities and recognized charges to the extent it believed the discounted cash flow value of any security was below its amortized cost. The Company has recognized realized losses, consisting of charges for OTTI and realized losses from sales, of approximately $1.4 billion since the beginning of 2007 through June 30, 2011 on these asset classes.

 

 

 

 

gross unrealized losses of $250.1 million related to the Company’s Life operations investment portfolio, which had a fair value of $6.8 billion at June 30, 2011. Of this, $111.9 million of gross unrealized losses related to $1.5 billion of exposures to corporate financial institutions including $489.7 million Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities. At June 30, 2011, this portfolio had an average interest rate duration of 8.1 years, primarily denominated in U.K. sterling and Euros. As a result of the long duration, significant gross losses have arisen as the fair values of these securities are more sensitive to prevailing government interest rates and credit spreads. This portfolio is generally matched to corresponding long duration liabilities. A hypothetical parallel increase in interest rates and credit spreads of 50 and 25 basis points, respectively, would increase the unrealized losses related to this portfolio at June 30, 2011 by approximately $260.2 million and $101.8 million, respectively, on both the available for sale and held to maturity portfolios. Given the long term nature of this portfolio, and the level of credit spreads on financial institutions at June 30, 2011 relative to historical averages within the U.K. and Euro-zone, as well as the Company’s liquidity needs at June 30, 2011, the Company believes that these assets will continue to be held until such time as they mature, or credit spreads on financial institutions revert to levels more consistent with historical averages.

 

 

 

 

gross unrealized losses of $159.5 million related to the non-life portfolio of Core CDO holdings (defined by the Company as investments in non-subprime CDOs), which consisted primarily of collateral loan obligations (“CLOs”) and had a fair value of $733.8 million at June 30, 2011. The Company evaluated each of these securities in conjunction with its investment manager service providers and recognized charges to the extent it believed the discounted cash flow value of the security was below the amortized cost. The Company believes that the level of impairment is primarily a function of continually wide spreads in the CDO market, driven by the level of illiquidity in this market. The Company believes it is likely these securities will be held until either maturity or a recovery of value.

 

 

 

 

gross unrealized losses of $169.7 million related to the corporate holdings within the Company’s non-life fixed income portfolios, which had a fair value of $8.8 billion at June 30, 2011. During the year ended June 30, 2011, as a result of declining credit spreads, the gross unrealized losses on these holdings has decreased. Of the gross unrealized losses noted above, $71.1 million relate to financial institutions. In addition, $23.4 million relate to medium term notes primarily supported by pools of investment grade European credit with varying degrees of leverage. These had a fair value of $461.5 million at June 30, 2011. Management believes that expected cash flows over the expected holding period from these bonds will be sufficient to support the remaining reported amortized cost.

29


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          Management, in its assessment of whether securities in a gross unrealized loss position are temporarily impaired, considers the significance of the impairments. The Company had structured credit securities with gross unrealized losses of $75.6 million, with a fair value of $39.6 million, which at June 30, 2011 were impaired by greater than 50% of amortized costs. All of these are mortgage and asset-backed securities. The Company in conjunction with its investment manager service providers, undertook a security level review of these securities and recognized charges to the extent it believed the discounted cash flow value of any security was below its amortized cost. These securities include gross unrealized losses of $51.7 million on non-Agency RMBS, $21.6 million of Core CDOs and $2.3 million of commercial mortgage-backed security (“CMBS”) holdings.

          The Company recorded net impairment charges of $27.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011. The components of the impairments include:

 

 

 

 

For structured credit securities, the Company recorded net impairments of $14.0 million principally on non-Agency RMBS. The Company determined that the likely recovery on these securities was below the carrying value, and, accordingly, recorded an impairment on the securities to the discounted value of the cash flows of these securities.

 

 

 

 

For medium term notes backed primarily by investment grade European credit, the Company recorded net impairments of $11.1 million. The Company adjusted the estimated remaining holding period of certain notes resulting in a shorter reinvestment spectrum.

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded impairments of $2.1 million related to currency losses.

          As discussed in Note 2, portions of certain OTTI losses on fixed income securities and short-term investments are recognized in “other comprehensive income (loss)” (“OCI”). Under final authoritative accounting guidance effective April 1, 2009, other than in a situation in which the Company has the intent to sell a security or more likely than not will be required to sell a security, the amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors (i.e., interest rates, market conditions, etc.) is recorded as a component of OCI. The net amount recognized in earnings (“credit loss impairments”) represents the difference between the amortized cost of the security and the net present value of its projected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate implicit in the debt security prior to impairment. Any remaining difference between the fair value and amortized cost is recognized in OCI. The following table sets forth the amount of credit loss impairments on fixed income securities held by the Company at the dates indicated, for which a portion of the OTTI loss was recognized in OCI, and the corresponding changes in such amounts.

30


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTTI related to Credit Losses recognized in earnings

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Opening balance

 

$

330,170

 

$

551,748

 

$

426,372

 

$

537,121

 

Credit loss impairment recognized in the current period on securities not previously impaired

 

 

11,333

 

 

9,384

 

 

15,906

 

 

19,458

 

Credit loss impairments previously recognized on securities that matured, paid down, prepaid or were sold during the period

 

 

(38,316

)

 

(22,003

)

 

(164,027

)

 

(37,978

)

Credit loss impairments previously recognized on securities impaired to fair value during the period

 

 

 

 

(130,891

)

 

 

 

(130,891

)

Additional credit loss impairments recognized in the current period on securities previously impaired

 

 

13,339

 

 

22,591

 

 

38,798

 

 

50,218

 

Accretion of credit loss impairments previously recognized due to an increase in cash flows expected to be collected

 

 

(682

)

 

(7,788

)

 

(1,205

)

 

(14,887

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Balance, June 30

 

$

315,844

 

$

423,041

 

$

315,844

 

$

423,041

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

          The determination of credit losses is based on detailed analyses of underlying cash flows. Such analyses require the use of certain assumptions in developing the estimated performance of underlying collateral. Key assumptions used include, but are not limited to, items such as RMBS default rates based on collateral duration in arrears, severity of losses on default by collateral class, collateral reinvestment rates and expected future general corporate default rates.

          The $38.3 million and $164.0 million of credit loss impairment previously recognized on securities that matured, or were paid down, prepaid or sold during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 includes $20.9 million and $112.6 million, respectively, of non-Agency RMBS.

          The following represents an analysis of net realized gains (losses) on investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Gross realized gains

 

$

61,037

 

$

28,969

 

$

88,179

 

$

63,142

 

Gross realized losses

 

 

(70,581

)

 

(90,355

)

 

(164,160

)

 

(160,704

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net realized (losses) on investments

 

$

(9,544

)

$

(61,386

)

$

(75,981

)

$

(97,562

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

31


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          On November 1, 2009 and August 1, 2010, the Company elected to hold certain fixed income securities to maturity. Consistent with this intention, the Company reclassified these securities from available for sale to held to maturity in the consolidated financial statements. As a result of this classification, these fixed income securities are reflected in the held to maturity portfolio and recorded at amortized cost in the consolidated balance sheets and not fair value. The held to maturity portfolio is comprised of long duration non-U.S. securities which are Euro and U.K. sterling denominated. The Company believes this held to maturity strategy is achievable due to the relatively stable and predictable cash flows of the Company’s long-term liabilities within its Life operations segment along with its ability to substitute other assets at a future date in the event that liquidity was required due to changes in expected cash flows or other transactions entered into related to the long-term liabilities supported by the held to maturity portfolio. At June 30, 2011, 99.2% of the held to maturity securities were rated A or higher. The unrealized appreciation at the dates of these reclassifications continues to be reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and is being amortized over the remaining lives of the securities as an adjustment to yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of any premium or discount. On November 1, 2009 and August 1, 2010 the unrealized U.S. dollar equivalent appreciation related to securities reclassified at each date was $51.2 million and $76.2 million, respectively, with $122.0 million and $119.0 million unamortized at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

          The fair values and amortized cost of held to maturity fixed maturities at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Cost or
Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government Related/Supported

 

$

10,832

 

$

61

 

$

(2

)

$

10,891

 

Corporate

 

 

1,369,317

 

 

6,349

 

 

(25,531

)

 

1,350,135

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

84,730

 

 

321

 

 

(257

)

 

84,794

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

293,700

 

 

3,345

 

 

(1,266

)

 

295,779

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

1,084,792

 

 

14,318

 

 

(21,204

)

 

1,077,906

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities held to maturity

 

$

2,843,371

 

$

24,394

 

$

(48,260

)

$

2,819,505

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Cost or
Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government Related/Supported

 

$

10,541

 

$

164

 

$

(9

)

$

10,696

 

Corporate

 

 

1,337,797

 

 

6,370

 

 

(16,325

)

 

1,327,842

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

82,763

 

 

634

 

 

(546

)

 

82,851

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

287,109

 

 

1,134

 

 

(1,410

)

 

286,833

 

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government- Related

 

 

1,010,125

 

 

30,680

 

 

(6,401

)

 

1,034,404

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities held to maturity

 

$

2,728,335

 

$

38,982

 

$

(24,691

)

$

2,742,626

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

32


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Investments (Continued)

          The Company had gross unrealized losses at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 totaling $48.3 million and $24.7 million, respectively, on the above held to maturity fixed income securities which it considered to be temporarily impaired as these holdings are predominantly highly rated quality corporate and government holdings and the loss has principally arisen due to an interest rate increase in U.K. sterling and Euro currency.

          The contractual maturities of held to maturity income securities are shown below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
June 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Due less than 1 year

 

$

5,071

 

$

5,117

 

$

 

$

 

Due after 1 through 5 years

 

 

132,267

 

 

133,449

 

 

125,449

 

 

125,416

 

Due after 5 through 10 years

 

 

414,130

 

 

412,748

 

 

348,797

 

 

346,494

 

Due after 10 years

 

 

1,913,473

 

 

1,887,618

 

 

1,884,217

 

 

1,901,032

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

2,464,941

 

 

2,438,932

 

 

2,358,463

 

 

2,372,942

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

84,730

 

 

84,794

 

 

82,763

 

 

82,851

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

293,700

 

 

295,779

 

 

287,109

 

 

286,833

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

378,430

 

 

380,573

 

 

369,872

 

 

369,684

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

2,843,371

 

$

2,819,505

 

$

2,728,335

 

$

2,742,626

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

          Other Investments

          The Company has investments in senior tranches of Synthetic CDOs as well as certain CDO Squared structures, which in turn hold Synthetic CDOs that were required to be evaluated for embedded credit derivatives at July 1, 2010. Investments in these securities were entered into in the normal course of portfolio investing and were considered from a risk management perspective to be consistent with traditional ABS CDOs. While the performance of the underlying securitized credit exposures varies, in management’s judgment, the contractual subordination within the securitized interest is sufficient to absorb the current expected losses.

          There is no obligation for the Company to fund any future payments under the embedded credit obligations in excess of the original invested amount. Upon initial adoption of this guidance during 2010, the Company elected the fair value option for impacted securities, which resulted in a decrease being recorded to opening retained earnings of $31.9 million. These securities were previously classified as CDOs within available for sale securities, however, they are now included within “Other Investments.” These securities are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded within “Net realized gains and losses on investments” each period. The following tables detail certain features of the instruments at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Weighted
Average Life

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Average
Rating

 

Change in Fair
Value during the
six months ended
June 30, 2011

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Synthetic CDO

 

1.80

 

$

8,942

 

$

10,880

 

B

 

$

(8,392

)

CDO Squared

 

6.00

 

 

8,982

 

 

15,754

 

B

 

 

967

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 



 

 

 

4.29

 

$

17,924

 

$

26,634

 

B

 

$

(7,425

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Weighted
Average Life

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Average
Rating

 

Change in Fair
Value during the
six months ended
December 31, 2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Synthetic CDO

 

3.87

 

$

32,175

 

$

41,105

 

BB

 

$

8,930

 

CDO Squared

 

6.04

 

 

8,491

 

 

12,198

 

B

 

 

3,707

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 



 

 

 

4.37

 

$

40,666

 

$

53,303

 

BB

 

$

12,637

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 



 

          Affiliate Investments

          Subsequent to June 30, 2011, the Company sold its interests in an investment manager affiliate for total proceeds of $35.0 million. This sale will result in a gain of approximately $21.8 million being recorded in the third quarter of 2011. In addition, this transaction includes the potential for an additional amount to be paid to the Company during 2013 subject to the investment manager meeting certain performance requirements.

33


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Derivative Instruments

          The Company enters into derivative instruments for both risk management and investment purposes. The Company is exposed to potential loss from various market risks, and manages its market risks based on guidelines established by management. The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measures those instruments at fair value with the changes in fair value of derivatives shown in the consolidated statement of income as “net realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments” unless the derivatives are designated as hedging instruments. The accounting for derivatives that are designated as hedging instruments is described in Item 8, Note 2(h), “Significant Accounting Policies – Derivative Instruments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          The following table summarizes information on the location and gross amounts of derivative fair values contained in the consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
June 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Asset
Derivative
Notional
Amount

 

Asset
Derivative
Fair
Value (1)

 

Liability
Derivative
Notional
Amount

 

Liability
Derivative
Fair
Value (1)

 

Asset
Derivative
Notional
Amount

 

Asset
Derivative
Fair
Value (1)

 

Liability
Derivative
Notional
Amount

 

Liability
Derivative
Fair
Value (1)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts (2)

 

$

159,056

 

$

84,498

 

$

 

$

 

$

161,028

 

$

74,368

 

$

 

$

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

1,690,280

 

 

19,079

 

 

688,629

 

 

(27,259

)

 

1,850,092

 

 

43,226

 

 

244,731

 

 

(12,161

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

$

1,849,336

 

$

103,577

 

$

688,629

 

 

(27,259

)

$

2,011,120

 

$

117,594

 

$

244,731

 

 

(12,161

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Related Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

132,584

 

$

89

 

$

9,114

 

$

(21

)

$

117,689

 

$

281

 

$

41,063

 

$

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

204,023

 

 

2,687

 

 

441,898

 

 

(5,692

)

 

82,395

 

 

1,377

 

 

272,724

 

 

(6,329

)

Credit exposure

 

 

92,500

 

 

1,036

 

 

539,513

 

 

(9,106

)

 

128,450

 

 

8,143

 

 

532,000

 

 

(5,295

)

Financial market exposure

 

 

134,596

 

 

410

 

 

12,669

 

 

 

 

135,912

 

 

705

 

 

4,575

 

 

(27

)

Commodity futures

 

 

3,912

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Operations Derivatives: (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit exposure (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

175,231

 

 

(25,887

)

 

 

 

 

 

246,292

 

 

(25,887

)

Other Non-Investment Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent capital facility

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed minimum income benefit contract

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,431

 

 

(20,011

)

 

 

 

 

 

80,025

 

 

(21,190

)

Modified coinsurance funds withheld contract

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,509

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

$

917,615

 

$

4,222

 

$

1,318,561

 

$

(60,717

)

$

814,446

 

$

10,506

 

$

1,249,188

 

$

(58,728

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 


 

(1)

Derivative instruments in an asset or liability position are included within Other Assets or Other Liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet.

(2)

At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company held net cash collateral related to these derivative positions of $32.9 million and $23.0 million, respectively. The collateral balance is included within cash and cash equivalents and the corresponding liability to return the collateral has been offset against the derivative positions within the balance sheet as appropriate under the netting agreement.

(3)

Financial operations derivatives represent interests in variable interest entities as described in Note 10, “Variable Interest Entities.”

34


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

         (a) Derivative Instruments Designated as Fair Value Hedges

          The Company designates certain of its derivative instruments as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges and formally and contemporaneously documents all relationships between the hedging instruments and hedged items and links the hedging derivative to specific assets and liabilities. The Company assesses the effectiveness of the hedge, both at inception and on an on-going basis and determines whether the hedge is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the linked hedged item.

          At June 30, 2011 and 2010, a portion of the Company’s liabilities were hedged against changes in the applicable designated benchmark interest rate. Interest rate swaps are also used to hedge the changes in fair value of certain fixed rate liabilities and fixed income securities due to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate. In addition, the Company utilizes foreign exchange contracts to hedge the fair value of certain fixed income securities as well as to hedge certain net investments in foreign operations.

          On October 27, 2010, the Company settled three interest rate contracts designated as fair value hedges of certain of the Company’s deposit liability contracts. The derivative contracts were settled for a gain of $149.5 million. The cumulative increase recorded to the carrying value of the deposit liability, representing the effective portion of the hedging relationship, will be amortized through interest expense over the remaining term of the deposit liability contracts. From the date of settlement through June 30, 2011, $5.7 million of the balance was recorded as a reduction of interest expense. The remaining balance of $143.8 million will be amortized over the weighted average period of 35.0 years remaining on these deposit contracts.

          On June 7, 2010, the Company settled interest rate contracts designated as fair value hedges of certain issues of the Company’s notes payable and debt. The derivative contracts were settled for a gain of $21.6 million. The cumulative increase recorded to the carrying value of the hedged notes payable and debt, representing the effective portion of the hedging relationship, will be amortized through interest expense over the remaining term of the debt. From the date of settlement through June 30, 2011, $7.4 million of the balance was recorded as a reduction of interest expense. The remaining balance of $14.2 million will be amortized over the weighted average period of 2.9 years remaining to maturity of the debt.

          The following table provides the total impact on earnings relating to derivative instruments formally designated as fair value hedges along with the impacts of the related hedged items for the three month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Hedged Items – Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income Attributable to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges:

 

Gain/(Loss)
Recognized
in Income on
Derivative

 

Deposit
Liabilities

 

Fixed
Maturity
Investments

 

Notes
Payable and
Debt

 

Ineffective
Portion of
Hedging
Relationship –
Gain/ (Loss)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

5,726

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

(877

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

4,849

 

$

(6,672

)

$

866

 

$

 

$

(957

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Hedged Items – Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income Attributable to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges:

 

Gain/(Loss)
Recognized
in Income on
Derivative

 

Deposit
Liabilities

 

Fixed
Maturity
Investments

 

Notes
Payable and
Debt

 

Ineffective
Portion of
Hedging
Relationship –
Gain/ (Loss)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

85,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

13,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

99,212

 

$

(85,918

)

$

(11,668

)

$

(6,209

)

$

(4,583

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

35


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

          (a) Derivative Instruments Designated as Fair Value Hedges (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Hedged Items – Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income Attributable to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges:

 

Gain/(Loss)
Recognized
in Income on
Derivative

 

Deposit
Liabilities

 

Fixed
Maturity
Investments

 

Notes
Payable and
Debt

 

Ineffective
Portion of
Hedging
Relationship –
Gain/ (Loss)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

4,852

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

(21,303

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

(16,451

)

$

(4,291

)

$

21,006

 

$

 

$

264

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Hedged Items – Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income Attributable to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges:

 

Gain/(Loss)
Recognized
in Income on
Derivative

 

Deposit
Liabilities

 

Fixed
Maturity
Investments

 

Notes
Payable and
Debt

 

Ineffective
Portion of
Hedging
Relationship –
Gain/ (Loss)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

92,036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

48,556

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

140,592

 

$

(86,742

)

$

(46,334

)

$

(15,940

)

$

(8,424

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

          The gains (losses) recorded on both the derivatives instruments and specific items designated as being hedged as part of the fair value hedging relationships outlined above are recorded through net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments in the income statement along with any associated ineffectiveness in the relationships. In addition, the periodic coupon settlements relating to the interest rate swaps are recorded as adjustments to net investment income for the hedges of fixed maturity investments and as adjustments to interest expense for the hedges of deposit liabilities and notes payable and debt.

          The periodic coupon settlements resulted in an increase to net investment income of nil for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and decreases to net investment income of $1.0 million and $2.0 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

          The periodic coupon settlements resulted in decreases to interest expense of $2.6 million and $5.1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, and decreases to interest expense of $20.5 million and $34.5 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

          (b) Derivative Instruments Designated as Hedges of the Net Investment in a Foreign Operation

          The Company utilizes foreign exchange contracts to hedge the fair value of certain net investments in foreign operations. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company entered into foreign exchange contracts that were formally designated as hedges of the investment in foreign subsidiaries, the majority of which have functional currencies of either U.K. sterling or the Euro.

          The U.S. Dollar equivalent of foreign denominated net assets of $1.6 billion and $1.5 billion was hedged during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, which resulted in a derivative loss of $27.8 million and $69.2 million, respectively, being recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment account within AOCI for each period. There was no ineffectiveness resulting from these transactions.

          The U.S. Dollar equivalent of foreign denominated net assets of $505.4 million and $372.7 million was hedged during the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively, which resulted in a derivative gain of $19.9 million and $22.6 million, respectively, being recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment account within AOCI for each period. There was no ineffectiveness resulting from these transactions.

36


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

          (c) Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

          The following table provides the total impact on earnings relating to derivative instruments not formally designated as hedging instruments under authoritative accounting guidance. The impacts are all recorded through Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives in the income statement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)

 

Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative

 

 


 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Related Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate exposure

 

$

(4,319

)

$

2,909

 

$

(4,151

)

$

4,906

 

Foreign exchange exposure

 

 

11,014

 

 

(14,574

)

 

17,451

 

 

(28,011

)

Credit exposure

 

 

(12,693

)

 

2,414

 

 

(13,659

)

 

1,143

 

Financial market exposure

 

 

(32

)

 

(376

)

 

837

 

 

135

 

Financial Operations Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit exposure

 

 

124

 

 

(3,340

)

 

306

 

 

(7,342

)

Other Non-Investment Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent capital facility

 

 

(2,053

)

 

(2,053

)

 

(4,083

)

 

(4,083

)

Guaranteed minimum income benefit contract

 

 

(1,130

)

 

(2,688

)

 

1,179

 

 

(1,075

)

Modified coinsurance funds withheld contract

 

 

(904

)

 

2,395

 

 

(5,527

)

 

2,375

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

(9,993

)

 

(15,313

)

 

(7,647

)

 

(31,952

)

Amount of gain (loss) recognized in income from ineffective portion of fair value hedges

 

 

(957

)

 

(4,583

)

 

264

 

 

(8,424

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

 

$

(10,950

)

$

(19,896

)

$

(7,383

)

$

(40,376

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

          The Company’s objectives in using these derivatives are explained in sections (d) and (e) of this note.

          (c)(i) Investment Related Derivatives

          The Company, either directly or through its investment managers, may use derivative instruments within its investment portfolio, including interest rate swaps, inflation swaps, credit derivatives (single name and index credit default swaps), options, forward contracts and financial futures (foreign exchange, bond and stock index futures), primarily as a means of economically hedging exposures to interest rate, credit spread, equity price changes and foreign currency risk or in limited instances for investment purposes. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by the counterparties under any swap contracts although the Company generally seeks to use credit support arrangements with counterparties to help manage this risk.

          Investment Related Derivatives – Interest Rate Exposure

          The Company utilizes risk management and overlay strategies that incorporate the use of derivative financial instruments, primarily to manage its fixed income portfolio duration and exposure to interest rate risks associated with certain of its assets and liabilities primarily in relation to certain legacy other financial lines and structured indemnity transactions. The Company uses interest rate swaps to convert certain liabilities from a fixed rate to a variable rate of interest and may also use them to convert a variable rate of interest from one basis to another.

          Investment Related Derivatives – Foreign Exchange Exposure

          The Company uses foreign exchange contracts to manage its exposure to the effects of fluctuating foreign currencies on the value of certain of its foreign currency fixed maturities primarily within its Life operations portfolio. These contracts are not designated as specific hedges for financial reporting purposes and, therefore, realized and unrealized gains and losses on these contracts are recorded in income in the period in which they occur. These contracts generally have maturities of twelve months or less.

          In addition, certain of the Company’s investment managers may, subject to investment guidelines, enter into forward contracts where potential gains may exist. The Company has exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations through its operations and in its investment portfolio.

37


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

          (c)(i) Investment Related Derivatives (Continued)

          Investment Related Derivatives – Credit Exposure

          Credit derivatives are purchased within the Company’s investment portfolio in the form of single name and basket credit default swaps, which are used to mitigate credit exposure through a reduction in credit spread duration (i.e., macro credit strategies rather than single-name credit hedging) or exposure to selected issuers, including issuers that are not held in the underlying bond portfolio.

          Investment Related Derivatives – Financial Market Exposure

          Stock index futures may be purchased within the Company’s investment portfolio in order to create synthetic equity exposure and to add value to the portfolio with overlay strategies where market inefficiencies are believed to exist. The Company previously wrote a number of resettable strike swaps contracts relating to an absolute return index and diversified baskets of funds. From time to time, the Company may enter into other financial market exposure derivative contracts on various indices including, but not limited to, inflation and commodity contracts.

          (c)(ii) Financial Operations Derivatives – Credit Exposure

          The Company held credit derivative exposures through a limited number of contracts written as part of the Company’s previous financial lines businesses, and through the Company’s prior reinsurance agreements with Syncora, as described below. Following the secondary sale of Syncora common shares, the Company retained some credit derivative exposures written by Syncora and certain of its subsidiaries through reinsurance agreements that had certain derivatives exposures embedded within them. The change in value of the derivative portion of the financial guarantee reinsurance agreements the Company had with Syncora was included in “Net (loss) income from operating affiliates.” Following the closing of the Master Agreement during August 2008, as described in Item 8, Note 4, “Syncora Holdings Ltd,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, which terminated certain reinsurance and other agreements, these credit derivative exposures were eliminated by virtue of the commutation of the relevant reinsurance agreements.

          At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the credit derivative exposures outside of the Company’s investment portfolio consisted of two contracts written by the Company: one that provides credit protection on the senior tranches of a structured finance transaction and the other a European project finance loan participation. The two contracts have an aggregate outstanding exposure of $175.2 million ($159.3 million principal and $15.9 million interest), and $246.3 million ($226.4 million principal and $19.9 million interest), weighted average contractual term to maturity of 4.8 years and 5.3 years, a total liability recorded of $25.9 million and $25.9 million, and underlying obligations with an average credit rating of B- and B-, at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

          The credit protection related to the structured finance transaction is a credit default swap that was executed in 2000. The underlying collateral is predominantly securitized pools of leveraged loans and bonds. The transaction is in compliance with most of the coverage tests except the mezzanine overcollateralization tests. As a result, both interest and principal proceeds are currently redirected to amortize the most senior notes, which reduces the Company’s exposure sooner than originally anticipated. Management continues to monitor its underlying performance. The European project finance loan participation benefits from an 80% deficiency guarantee from the German state and federal governments.

          At June 30, 2011, there were no reported events of default on these obligations. Credit derivatives are recorded at fair values, which are determined using either models developed by the Company or third party prices and are dependent upon a number of factors, including changes in interest rates, future default rates, credit spreads, changes in credit quality, future expected recovery rates and other market factors. The change resulting from movements in credit and credit quality spreads is unrealized as the credit derivatives are not traded to realize this resultant value.

38


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

          (c)(iii) Other Non-Investment Derivatives

          The Company entered into derivatives as part of its contingent capital facility, including put options, interest rate swaps and asset return swaps. These derivatives are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings.

          The Company also has derivatives embedded in certain reinsurance contracts. For a particular life reinsurance contract, the Company pays the ceding company a fixed amount equal to the estimated present value of the excess of guaranteed benefit GMIB over the account balance upon the policyholder’s election to take the income benefit. The fair value of this derivative is determined based on the present value of expected cash flows. In addition, the Company has modified coinsurance and funds withheld reinsurance agreements that provide for a return based on a portfolio of fixed income securities. As such, the agreements contain embedded derivatives. The embedded derivative is bifurcated from the funds withheld balance and recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings through net realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments.

          (d) Contingent Credit Features

          Certain derivatives agreements entered into by the Company or its subsidiaries contain rating downgrade provisions that permit early termination of the agreement by the counterparty if collateral is not posted following failure to maintain certain credit ratings from one or more of the principal credit rating agencies. If the Company were required to early terminate such agreements due to rating downgrade, it could potentially be in a net liability position at time of settlement. The aggregate fair value of all derivatives agreements containing such rating downgrade provisions that were in a net liability position on June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $28.5 million and $25.9 million, respectively. The Company posted collateral of $4.0 million and nil under these agreements at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

7. Share Capital

          (a) Authorized and Issued

          As described in further detail in Item 8, Note 20, “Share Capital,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, on November 2, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a share buyback program, authorizing the Company to purchase up to $1.0 billion of its ordinary shares. During 2010, the Company purchased and cancelled 6.9 million ordinary shares under this program for $144.0 million. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled 7.3 million ordinary shares under this program for $165.6 million. During the second quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled 4.3 million ordinary shares under this program for $92.3 million. Between July 1 and August 2, 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled an additional 7.3 million ordinary shares for $157.7 million. All share buybacks were carried out by way of redemption in accordance with Irish law and the Company’s constitutional documents. All shares so redeemed were canceled upon redemption. At August 2, 2011, $440.4 million remained available to be used for purchases under this program.

          (b) Preferred shares and Non-controlling Interest in Equity of Consolidated Subsidiaries

          On July 18, 2011, XL-Cayman initiated a cash tender offer for any and all of its 2,876,000 outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $25.00 per share. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase, XL-Cayman is offering to pay a purchase price of $25.00 for each preference share it purchases, plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends up to, but not including, the date of purchase.

          On February 16, 2011, the Company repurchased 30,000 of the outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $0.75 million for $0.65 million. In addition, the Company repurchased 500 of the outstanding Series E preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $0.50 million for $0.47 million. As a result of these repurchases, the Company recorded a reduction in Non-controlling interests of approximately $0.13 million in the first quarter of 2011.

          On February 12, 2010, the Company repurchased approximately 4.4 million Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $110.8 million for approximately $94.2 million, which was a portion of its outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares. As a result, a book value gain of approximately $16.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of 2010 to ordinary shareholders.

39


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Share Capital (Continued)

          (c) Stock Plans

          The Company’s performance incentive programs provide for grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units, and stock appreciation rights. Share based compensation granted by the Company generally contains a vesting period of three or four years and certain awards also contain performance conditions. The Company records compensation expense related to each award over its vesting period incorporating the best estimate of the expected outcome of performance conditions where applicable. Compensation expense is generally recorded on a straight line basis over the vesting period of an award. See Item 8, Note 21, “Share Capital,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 for further information on the Company’s performance incentive programs and associated accounting.

          During the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company granted approximately 1.1 million stock options with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $9.82 per option. The fair value of the options issued was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend yield

 

 

1.90

%

Risk free interest rate

 

 

2.61

%

Volatility

 

 

50.0

%

Expected lives

 

 

6.0

 years

          During the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company granted approximately 1.1 million restricted stock units to officers and employees of the Company with an aggregate grant date fair value of approximately $24.6 million. Each restricted stock unit represents the Company’s obligation to deliver to the holder one ordinary share upon satisfaction of the three year vesting term. Restricted stock units are granted at the closing market price on the day of grant and entitle the holder to receive dividends declared and paid in the form of additional ordinary shares contingent upon vesting.

          During the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company granted 40,944 of its restricted stock awards to its directors, with an aggregate grant date fair value of approximately $1.0 million. Each restricted stock award represents the Company’s obligation to deliver to the holder one ordinary share. A Director who is granted a restricted stock award shall have all of the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote and receive dividends. Each award vests on the date of grant, pursuant to the terms of the Directors Plan. The restricted stock awards are granted at the closing market price on the day of grant.

          During the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company granted approximately 1.3 million performance units (representing a potential maximum share payout of approximately 2.6 million ordinary shares) to officers and employees of the Company with an aggregate grant date fair value of approximately $29.4 million. The performance units vest after three years and entitle the holder to ordinary shares of the Company. There are no dividend rights associated with the performance units. Each grant of performance units has a target number of shares, with final payouts ranging from 0% to 200% of the grant amount depending upon a combination of corporate and business segment performance along with each employee’s continued service through the vest date. Performance targets are based on relative and absolute financial performance metrics.

8. Notes Payable and Debt and Financing Arrangements

          All outstanding debt of the Company at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was issued by XL-Cayman except for the $600 million par value 6.5% Guaranteed Senior Notes due January 2012 which were issued by XL Capital Finance (Europe) plc (“XLCFE”). Both XL-Cayman and XLCFE are wholly-owned subsidiaries of XL-Ireland. The XLCFE notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by XL Company Switzerland GmbH (“XL-Switzerland”). The Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries to satisfy any of its obligations under this guarantee is subject to certain contractual restrictions, applicable laws and statutory requirements of the various countries in which the Company operates, including, among others, Bermuda, the United States, Ireland, Switzerland and the U.K. Aggregated required statutory capital and surplus for the principal operating subsidiaries of the Company was $6.2 billion at December 31, 2010.

40


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Notes Payable and Debt and Financing Arrangements (Continued)

          On July 22, 2011, XL-Switzerland entered into a Remarketing Agreement relating to the remarketing of XL-Cayman’s $575 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior notes due August 2021(the “8.25% Senior Notes”) comprising a part of the equity security units (the “10.75% Units”). XL-Cayman has submitted an order to purchase all of the 8.25% Senior Notes available to be remarketed, and will retire all such 8.25% Senior Notes it may purchase in the remarketing. The remarketing is anticipated to settle on August 15, 2011, when the forward purchase contracts comprising part of the 10.75% Units are to be settled. Subject to certain conditions, the proceeds from the remarketing of the 8.25% Senior Notes will be used to satisfy the purchase price for XL-Ireland’s ordinary shares to be issued and delivered to holders of the 10.75% Units upon settlement of the forward purchase contracts. The number of ordinary shares to be issued upon settlement of the forward purchase contracts will be determined based on the average trading price for the ordinary shares over a period preceding that date and is subject to a maximum of approximately 35.9 million shares.

          Letter of Credit Facilities and Other Sources of Collateral

          On March 25, 2011, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a secured credit agreement (the “2011 Credit Agreement”) that currently provides for issuance of letters of credit of up to $1 billion. Concurrent with the effectiveness of the 2011 Credit Agreement, the commitments of the lenders under the existing five-year credit agreement dated June 21, 2007 were reduced from $4 billion to $3 billion. The commitments under the 2011 Credit Agreement will expire on, and the credit facility is available on a continuous basis until, the earlier of (i) March 25, 2014 and (ii) the date of termination in whole of the commitments upon an optional termination or reduction of the commitments by the account parties or upon an event of default.

9. Related Party Transactions

          At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company owned non-controlling stakes in four independent investment management companies (“Investment Manager Affiliates”) that are actively managing client capital and seeking growth opportunities. The Company seeks to develop relationships with specialty investment management organizations, generally acquiring an equity interest in the business. The Company also invests in certain of the funds and limited partnerships and other legal entities managed by these affiliates and through these funds and partnerships pays management and performance fees to the Company’s Investment Manager Affiliates.

          In the normal course of business, the Company enters into certain quota share reinsurance contracts with a subsidiary of one of its other strategic affiliates, ARX Holding Corporation. During the quarter ended June 30, 2011, these contracts resulted in reported net premiums of $8.7 million, net losses incurred of $5.6 million and reported acquisition costs of $5.2 million. During the same period in 2010, these contracts resulted in reported net premiums of $8.2 million, net losses incurred of $7.2 million and reported acquisition costs of $6.0 million. Management believes that these transactions are conducted at market rates consistent with negotiated arms-length contracts.

10. Variable Interest Entities

          At times, the Company has utilized variable interest entities both indirectly and directly in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.

          The Company invests in CDOs, and other structured investment vehicles that are issued through variable interest entities as part of the Company’s investment portfolio. The activities of these variable interest entities are generally limited to holding the underlying collateral used to service investments therein. Management has evaluated the nature of the Company’s involvement in such entities and has concluded that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of these variable interest entities as contemplated in current authoritative accounting guidance. The Company’s involvement in these entities is passive in nature and management was not involved in either the establishment or arrangement of these entities. Management does not believe that the Company has the power to direct activities, such as asset selection and collateral management, which most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. The Company’s financial results are impacted by the changes in fair value of the variable interest entities consistent with the accounting policies applied to invested assets. For further details on the nature of the Company’s investment portfolio, in particular mortgage and asset backed securities, which typically represent interests in variable interest entities, see Item 8, Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Investments,” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

41


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Variable Interest Entities (Continued)

          The Company has utilized variable interest entities in certain instances as a means of accessing contingent capital. The Company has utilized unconsolidated entities in the formation of contingent capital facilities. The Company’s interest in Stoneheath Re (“Stoneheath”) represents an interest in a variable interest entity under current authoritative accounting guidance; however, the Company is not the primary beneficiary as contemplated in that guidance. The Company’s interest in this entity is as a contributor of variability and not an absorber of losses and, as such, the Company would not be considered the primary beneficiary. Given that there are no contractual requirements or intentions to enter into additional variable interests in this entity, management considers the likelihood of consolidating Stoneheath in the future to be remote. For further details regarding Stoneheath, see Item 8, Note 17, “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          The Company has a limited number of remaining outstanding credit enhancement exposures including written financial guarantee and credit default swap contracts. The obligations related to these transactions are often securitized through variable interest entities. The Company is not the primary beneficiary of these variable interest entities as contemplated in current authoritative accounting guidance on the basis that management does not believe that the Company has the power to direct the activities, such as asset selection and collateral management, which most significantly impact each entity’s economic performance. For further details on the nature of the obligations and the size of the Company’s maximum exposure see Note 6, “Derivative Instruments,” and Note 12, “Commitments and Contingencies,” herein.

          The credit exposures represent the most significant risks associated with the Company’s involvement with variable interest entities and there have been no significant changes in the nature of the Company’s involvement with variable interest entities during the three months ended June 30, 2011.

11. Computation of Earnings Per Ordinary Share and Ordinary Share Equivalent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Basic earnings per ordinary share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

$

225,663

 

$

194,005

 

$

(1,621

)

$

337,885

 

Less: preference share dividends

 

 

 

 

(2,194

)

 

 

 

(34,694

)

Add: gain on redemption of Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,616

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net income available to ordinary shareholders

 

$

225,663

 

$

191,811

 

$

(1,621

)

$

319,807

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding – basic

 

 

309,184

 

 

342,056

 

 

310,325

 

 

342,049

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share

 

$

0.73

 

$

0.56

 

$

(0.01

)

$

0.93

 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to ordinary shareholders

 

$

225,663

 

$

191,811

 

$

(1,621

)

$

319,807

 

Impact of assumed conversion of 10.75% Units

 

 

11,977

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net income available to ordinary shareholders including impact of assumed conversion of 10.75% Units

 

$

237,640

 

$

191,811

 

$

(1,621

)

$

319,807

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding – basic

 

 

309,184

 

 

342,056

 

 

310,325

 

 

342,049

 

Impact of share based compensation and certain conversion features

 

 

32,805

 

 

822

 

 

 

 

732

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding – diluted

 

 

341,989

 

 

342,878

 

 

310,325

 

 

342,781

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

 

$

0.69

 

$

0.56

 

$

(0.01

)

$

0.93

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Dividends per ordinary share

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.20

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

          For the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, ordinary shares available for issuance under share based compensation plans of 9.7 million and 17.3 million, and 12.8 million and 12.6 million, respectively, were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the assumed exercise or issuance of such shares would be anti-dilutive.

          In addition, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, ordinary shares available for issuance under the purchase contracts associated with the 10.75% Units of nil and 30.5 million, and 31.7 million and 31.8 million, respectively, were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the assumed issuance of such shares would be anti-dilutive. For further information on the 10.75% Units see Item 8, Note 15, “Notes Payable and Debt Financing Arrangements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

42


XL GROUP PLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Commitments and Contingencies

          Financial and Other Guarantee Exposures

          As part of the Company’s legacy financial guarantee business, during January 2011, the Company commuted 32 of the financial guarantee transactions that were outstanding at December 31, 2010, including three non-performing transactions. This commutation eliminated $41.9 million of notional financial guarantee exposure (including principal and interest) for a payment of $22.1 million. The $22.1 million was included in the gross claim liability at December 31, 2010. The Company’s outstanding financial guarantee contracts at June 30, 2011 included the reinsurance of 5 financial guarantee contracts with total insured contractual payments outstanding, all of which is principal, of $131.4 million and having a remaining weighted-average contract period of 24.6 years. These contracts provide credit support for a variety of collateral types with the exposures comprised of (i) $108.3 million notional financial guarantee on three notes backed by zero coupon bonds and bank perpetual securities; (ii) $16.0 million notional financial guarantee on a collateralized fund obligation with a collateral cushion in excess of 60% of the Company’s exposure that is currently being wound-up in an orderly manner and (iii) $7.2 million notional financial guarantee relating to future scheduled repayments on a government-subsidized housing project.

          At June 30, 2011, the total gross claim liability and unearned premiums recorded associated with the Company’s legacy financial guarantee business were $1.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively. At June 30, 2011, there were no reported events of default on these obligations.

          At December 31, 2010, the Company’s outstanding financial guarantee contracts included the reinsurance of 37 financial guarantee contracts with total insured contractual payments outstanding of $204.8 million ($198.7 million of principal and $6.1 million of interest) and having a remaining weighted-average contract period of 13.2 years. These contracts provide credit support for a variety of collateral types. The largest exposures were comprised of (i) $108.3 million notional financial guarantee on three notes backed by zero coupon bonds and bank perpetual securities; (ii) $47.5 million notional financial guarantee on a collateralized fund obligation with a collateral cushion in excess of 60% of the Company’s exposure that is currently being wound-up in an orderly manner; and (iii) the remaining $49.0 million of financial guarantees is comprised of 33 separate transactions with varying forms of underlying collateral, including pre-2000 vintage asset backed securities and municipal government bonds. The underlying financial guarantees are diversified and not individually significant.

          At December 31, 2010, the total gross claim liability and unearned premiums recorded associated with the Company’s legacy financial guarantee business were $23.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Of the contracts noted above, three contracts with total insured contractual payments outstanding of $9.8 million had experienced an event of default and were considered by the Company to be non-performing at December 31, 2010, while the remaining were considered to be performing at such date.

          Surveillance procedures to track and monitor credit deteriorations in the insured financial obligations are performed by the primary obligors for each transaction on the Company’s behalf. Information regarding the performance status and updated exposure values is provided to the Company on a quarterly basis and evaluated by management in recording claims reserves.

43



 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 2.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 

 

General

          On July 1, 2010, XL Group plc, an Irish public limited company (“XL-Ireland”), and XL Group Ltd. (formerly, XL Capital Ltd), a Cayman Islands exempted company (“XL-Cayman”), completed a redomestication transaction in which all of the ordinary shares of XL-Cayman were exchanged for all of the ordinary shares of XL-Ireland (the “Redomestication”). As a result, XL-Cayman became a wholly owned subsidiary of XL-Ireland. Prior to July 1, 2010, unless the context otherwise indicates, references in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to the “Company” are to XL-Cayman and its consolidated subsidiaries. On and subsequent to July 1, 2010, unless the context otherwise indicates, references herein to the “Company” are to XL-Ireland and its consolidated subsidiaries.

          The following is a discussion of the Company’s financial condition and liquidity and results of operations. Certain aspects of the Company’s business have loss experience characterized as low frequency and high severity. This may result in volatility in both the Company’s and an individual segment’s results of operations and financial condition.

          This “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contains forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about the Company’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. These statements are based upon current plans, estimates and projections. Actual results may differ materially from those included in such forward-looking statements, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” below for a list of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement, as well as Item 1, “Risk Factors,” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” herein.

          This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, presented under Item 7 and Item 8, respectively, of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Executive Overview

          See “Executive Overview” in Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. That discussion is updated with the disclosures set forth below.

Impact of Recent Natural Catastrophes

          In the first six months of 2011, the global insurance and reinsurance markets experienced significant losses from natural catastrophes, including the Japan earthquake and tsunami, the Australian flooding events, the New Zealand earthquakes and U.S. storms and tornados. See “Significant Items Affecting Results of Operations – 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” below for a discussion of the Company’s loss estimates for the first six months of 2011 natural catastrophe events.

Results of Operations and Key Financial Measures

          The following table presents an analysis of the Company’s net income available to ordinary shareholders and other financial measures (described below) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Net income (loss) available to ordinary shareholders

 

$

225,663

 

$

191,811

 

$

(1,621

)

$

319,807

 

Earnings per ordinary share – basic

 

$

0.73

 

$

0.56

 

$

(0.01

)

$

0.93

 

Earnings per ordinary share – diluted

 

$

0.69

 

$

0.56

 

$

(0.01

)

$

0.93

 

Change in fully diluted book value per ordinary share

 

 

1.84

 

 

1.36

 

 

1.09

 

 

3.14

 

          The following are some of the financial measures management considers important in evaluating the Company’s operating performance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Underwriting profit (loss) – property and casualty operations

 

$

67,049

 

$

94,673

 

$

(261,015

)

$

88,063

 

Combined ratio – property and casualty operations

 

 

94.9

%

 

92.2

%

 

110.1

%

 

96.4

%

Net investment income – property and casualty operations(1)

 

$

214,448

 

$

227,205

 

$

417,735

 

$

455,185

 

Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity (2)

 

 

9.6

%

 

8.3

%

 

NM

*

 

7.1

%

44



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
June 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

Book value per ordinary share (3)

 

$

31.54

 

$

30.37

 

Fully diluted book value per ordinary share (4)

 

$

30.87

 

$

29.78

 


 

 

 


 

(1)

Net investment income relating to P&C operations includes the net investment income related to the net results from structured products.

(2)

Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and is calculated by dividing the annualized net income (loss) for any period by the average of the opening and closing ordinary shareholders’ equity (total shareholders’ equity less preference shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries).

(3)

Book value per share, a non-GAAP financial measure, is calculated by dividing ordinary shareholders’ equity by the number of outstanding ordinary shares at any period end. Book value per ordinary share is affected primarily by the Company’s net income (loss), by any changes in the net unrealized gains and losses on its investment portfolio, currency translation adjustments and also the impact of any share buyback or issuance activity.

(4)

Fully diluted book value per ordinary share, a non-GAAP measure, represents book value per ordinary share combined with the dilutive impact of potential future share issuances at any period end. The dilutive impact of the Company’s equity security units has been included within fully diluted book value per ordinary share under the “treasury stock” method. Had this dilution been calculated under the “if-converted” method, the result would have been $30.19 per ordinary share at June 30, 2011. The Company believes that fully diluted book value per ordinary share is a financial measure important to investors and other interested parties who benefit from having a consistent basis for comparison with other companies within the industry. However, this measure may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by companies either outside or inside of the insurance industry.

*

NM–Not meaningful

Key Financial Measures

Underwriting profit – property and casualty (“P&C”) operations

          One way that the Company evaluates the performance of its insurance and reinsurance operations is the underwriting profit or loss. The Company does not measure performance based on the amount of gross premiums written. Underwriting profit or loss is calculated from premiums earned less net losses incurred and expenses related to underwriting activities. The Company’s underwriting profit (loss) for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2011 was consistent with the combined ratio discussed below.

Combined ratio – P&C operations

          The combined ratio for P&C operations is used by the Company and many other insurance and reinsurance companies as another measure of underwriting profitability. The combined ratio is calculated from the net losses incurred and underwriting expenses as a percentage of the net premiums earned for the Company’s insurance and reinsurance operations. A combined ratio of less than 100% indicates an underwriting profit and greater than 100% reflects an underwriting loss. The Company’s combined ratio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 is higher than for the same periods in the previous year, as a result of an increase in both the loss and loss expense ratio and the underwriting expense ratio. The loss and loss expense ratio has increased as a result of higher levels of catastrophe losses and other large loss events in both the insurance and reinsurance segments. The underwriting expense ratio has increased as a result of an increase in the acquisition expense ratio from higher commissions and the impact of reinstatement premiums.

Net investment income – P&C operations

          Net investment income related to P&C operations is an important measure that affects the Company’s overall profitability. The largest liability of the Company relates to its unpaid loss reserves, and the Company’s investment portfolio provides liquidity for settlements of the claims to which these reserves relate as they become due. Thus, a significant part of the investment portfolio is invested in fixed income securities. Net investment income is influenced by a number of factors, including the amounts and timing of inward and outward cash flows, the level of interest rates and credit spreads and changes in overall asset allocation. Net investment income related to P&C operations decreased by $12.8 million and $37.5 million during the three and six months of 2011, respectively, as compared to the same periods in the prior year. Overall, portfolio yields have decreased as a result of the impact of declines in U.S. interest rates and cash outflows from the invested portfolio.

Book value per ordinary share

          Management also views the change in the Company’s book value per ordinary share as an additional measure of the Company’s performance. Book value per ordinary share is calculated by dividing ordinary shareholders’ equity by the number of outstanding ordinary shares at any period end. Book value per ordinary share is affected primarily by the Company’s net income (loss), by any changes in the net unrealized gains and losses on its investment portfolio and currency translation adjustments and also by the impact of any share buyback or issuance activity.

          Book value per ordinary share increased by $1.59 in the three months ended June 30, 2011 due to the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders of $225.7 million in the period, an increase in net unrealized gains on available for sale investments of $189.8 million, net of tax, and the benefit of share buyback activity. In the three months ended June 30, 2010, book value per share increased by $1.37 driven by a decrease in net unrealized losses on available for sale investments of $410.4 million, net of tax, and the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders of $191.8 million in the period.

45


          Book value per ordinary share increased by $1.17 in the six months ended June 30, 2011 mainly due to an increase in net unrealized gains on available for sale investments of $231.6 million, net of tax, and the benefit of share buyback activity. In the six months ended June 30, 2010, book value per share increased by $3.15 mainly due to a decrease in net unrealized losses on available for sale investments of $968.8 million, net of tax, and the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders of $319.8 million.

          As noted above, fully diluted book value per ordinary share represents book value per ordinary share combined with the impact from dilution of share based compensation and certain conversion features where dilutive. In the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, fully diluted book value per ordinary share increased by $1.84 and $1.09, respectively, as a result of the factors contributing to the increase in book value per share noted above. In the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, fully diluted book value per share increased by $1.36 and $3.14, respectively, as a result of the factors contributing to the increase in book value per share noted above.

Annualized return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity

          Annualized return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity (“ROE”) is another non-GAAP financial measure that management considers important in evaluating the Company’s operating performance. ROE is calculated by dividing the net income for any period by the average of the opening and closing ordinary shareholders’ equity. The Company establishes minimum target ROEs for its total operations, segments and lines of business. If the Company’s minimum ROE targets over the longer term are not met with respect to any line of business, the Company seeks to modify and/or exit these lines. In addition, among other factors, the Company’s compensation of its senior officers is dependent on the achievement of the Company’s performance goals to enhance ordinary shareholder value as measured by ROE (adjusted for certain items considered to be “non-operating” in nature). For the six months ended June 30, 2011, ROE was negative due to the net loss from the significant catastrophe losses in the period, discussed under “Significant Items Affecting the Results of Operations.”

Significant Items Affecting the Results of Operations

          The Company’s net income and other financial measures as shown above for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 have been affected by, among other things, the following significant items:

 

 

 

 

1)

The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity;

 

 

 

 

2)

Market movement impacts on the Company’s investment portfolio; and

 

 

 

 

3)

Continuing competitive factors impacting the underwriting environment.

1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity

          Net losses incurred were higher during the first six months of 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 as a result of higher levels of natural catastrophe losses in the first six months of 2011, mainly as a result of the 2011 flooding events in Australia (the “Australia floods”), the earthquake that struck Christchurch, New Zealand on February 22, 2011 (the “New Zealand earthquake”), the March 11, 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan (the “Japan earthquake and tsunami”), and the severe weather occurrences, including tornado activity, in the United States over the periods April 22 - 28 and May 20 - 23, 2011 (the “U.S. Storms”).

          The Company’s loss estimates are based on combinations of its review of individual treaties and policies expected to be impacted, commercial model outputs, client data received to the date the estimates were made, and consideration of expectations of total insured market loss estimates if available, both from published sources and the Company’s internal analysis. The Company’s loss estimates involve the exercise of considerable judgment due to the complexity and scale of the insured events, and are, accordingly, subject to revision as additional information becomes available. Actual losses may differ materially from these preliminary estimates.

46


          The following are analyses of the financial impact on the Company’s results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 from natural catastrophes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratios)

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total

 

Insurance

 

Reinsurance

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Operating data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Catastrophe reinstatement premium earned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia floods

 

$

 

$

(40

)

$

(40

)

$

 

$

950

 

$

950

 

New Zealand earthquake

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,389

)

 

(2,389

)

Japan earthquake and tsunami

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,647

 

 

17,647

 

U.S. Storms (1)

 

 

 

 

1,069

 

 

1,069

 

 

 

 

1,069

 

 

1,069

 

Other natural catastrophes (2) (3)

 

 

 

 

1,119

 

 

1,119

 

 

 

 

1,119

 

 

1,119

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total net premiums earned

 

$

 

$

2,148

 

$

2,148

 

$

 

$

18,396

 

$

18,396

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross losses and loss expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia floods

 

$

 

$

(300

)

$

(300

)

$

(80,225

)

$

(15,500

)

$

(95,725

)

New Zealand earthquake

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

1,500

 

 

(5,000

)

 

(95,716

)

 

(100,716

)

Japan earthquake and tsunami

 

 

(13,600

)

 

 

 

(13,600

)

 

(88,600

)

 

(185,475

)

 

(274,075

)

U.S. Storms (1)

 

 

(5,435

)

 

(57,416

)

 

(62,851

)

 

(5,435

)

 

(57,416

)

 

(62,851

)

Other natural catastrophes (2) (3)

 

 

(11,022

)

 

(8,189

)

 

(19,211

)

 

(11,022

)

 

(10,689

)

 

(21,711

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total gross losses and loss expenses

 

$

(30,057

)

$

(64,405

)

$

(94,462

)

$

(190,282

)

$

(364,796

)

$

(555,078

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses and loss expenses recoverable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia floods

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

27,525

 

$

 

$

27,525

 

New Zealand earthquake

 

 

 

 

2,197

 

 

2,197

 

 

 

 

31,461

 

 

31,461

 

Japan earthquake and tsunami

 

 

13,600

 

 

 

 

13,600

 

 

13,600

 

 

200

 

 

13,800

 

U.S. Storms (1)

 

 

315

 

 

4,838

 

 

5,153

 

 

315

 

 

4,838

 

 

5,153

 

Other natural catastrophes (2) (3)

 

 

3,066

 

 

 

 

3,066

 

 

3,066

 

 

 

 

3,066

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total losses and loss expenses recoverable

 

$

16,981

 

$

7,035

 

$

24,016

 

$

44,506

 

$

36,499

 

$

81,005

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting loss - P & C Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia floods

 

$

 

$

(340

)

$

(340

)

$

(52,700

)

$

(14,550

)

$

(67,250

)

New Zealand earthquake

 

 

 

 

3,697

 

 

3,697

 

 

(5,000

)

 

(66,644

)

 

(71,644

)

Japan earthquake and tsunami

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(75,000

)

 

(167,628

)

 

(242,628

)

U.S. Storms (1)

 

 

(5,120

)

 

(51,509

)

 

(56,629

)

 

(5,120

)

 

(51,509

)

 

(56,629

)

Other natural catastrophes (2) (3)

 

 

(7,956

)

 

(7,070

)

 

(15,026

)

 

(7,956

)

 

(9,570

)

 

(17,526

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total underwriting loss

 

$

(13,076

)

$

(55,222

)

$

(68,298

)

$

(145,776

)

$

(309,901

)

$

(455,677

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss ratio impact for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011

 

 

1.4

%

 

13.9

%

 

5.2

%

 

8.2

%

 

39.0

%

 

17.7

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

U.S. Storms refers to the severe weather occurrences, including tornado activity, which affected the Midwest and the Southeast United States over the periods April 22 – 28 and May 20 – 23, 2011.

 

(2)

For the insurance segment, Other natural catastrophes include Cyclone Yasi in Australia, U.S. windstorms and Mississippi floods.

 

(3)

For the reinsurance segment, Other natural catastrophes include Cyclone Yasi in Australia and the Slave Lake fire in Canada.

          For further details see the segment results in the “Income Statement Analysis” below.

2) Market movement impacts on the Company’s investment portfolio

          During the three months ended June 30, 2011, decreasing interest rates, partially offset by widening credit spreads, resulted in a favorable net impact on the Company’s investment portfolio. Net unrealized losses on available for sale investments decreased by $189.8 million as compared to March 31, 2011. This represents approximately a 0.4% appreciation on average assets for the three months ended June 30, 2011.

          The following table provides further detail regarding the movements in relevant credit markets, as well as in government interest rates using selected market indices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Movement for the three months
ended June 30, 2011 (1)
(‘+’/‘-’ represents increases / decreases in interest rates)

 

Credit Spread Movement for the three months
ended June 30, 2011 (2)
(‘-’ represents tightening of credit spreads)

 

 


 


United States

 

-52 basis points (5 year Treasury)

 

+15 basis points (U.S. Corporate A rated)

 

 

 

 

+11 basis points (U.S. CMBS, AAA rated)

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

-31 basis points (10 year Gilt)

 

+16 basis points (U.K. Corporate, AA rated)

Euro-zone

 

-39 basis points (5 year Bund)

 

+10 basis points (Europe Corporate, A rated)


 

 

 


 

(1)

Source: Bloomberg Finance L.P.

(2)

Source: Merrill Lynch Global Indices.

          During the six months ended June 30, 2011, credit spreads tightened, particularly in Euro-zone, offset by increasing interest rates primarily in Europe. The net impact of the market conditions on the Company’s investment portfolio for the quarter was favorable and in addition, losses realized resulted in a total decrease in net unrealized losses on available for sale investments as compared to December 31, 2010 of $231.6 million. This represents approximately a 0.5% appreciation on average assets for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

47


          The following table provides further detail regarding the movements in relevant credit markets, as well as in government interest rates using selected market indices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Movement for the six months
ended June 30, 2011 (1)
(‘+’/‘-’ represents increases / decreases in interest rates)

 

Credit Spread Movement for the six months ended
June 30, 2011 (2)
(‘-’ represents tightening of credit spreads)

 

 


 


United States

 

-25 basis points (5 year Treasury)

 

-4 basis points (U.S. Corporate A rated)

 

 

 

 

-1 basis points (U.S. CMBS, AAA rated)

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

-2 basis points (10 year Gilt)

 

+2 basis points (U.K. Corporate, AA rated)

Euro-zone

 

+44 basis points (5 year Bund)

 

-24 basis points (Europe Corporate, A rated)


 

 

 


 

(1)

Source: Bloomberg Finance L.P.

(2)

Source: Merrill Lynch Global Indices.

          Net realized losses on investments in the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 totaled $9.5 million and $76.0 million, respectively, including net realized losses of approximately $27.2 million and $37.4 million respectively related to the impairment of certain of the Company’s fixed income investments, where the Company determined that there was an other-than-temporary decline in the value of those investments related to credit.

          Of the $27.2 million, there were net realized losses of $14.0 million related to credit impairments on structured credit securities. These primarily represented below investment grade non-Agency RMBS, including those with sub-prime and Alt-A collateral. A further $11.1 million in net realized losses related to impairments of medium term notes backed primarily by investment grade European credit. The Company adjusted the estimated remaining holding period of certain notes resulting in a shorter reinvestment spectrum. Consistent with prior quarters, management continues to evaluate the impairment of the investment portfolio and has concluded that, as of June 30, 2011, the remaining gross unrealized losses are temporary in nature.

3) Continuing competitive factors impacting the underwriting environment

          Insurance

          While competitive market conditions continue, there has been a favorable improvement in rate achievement during the second quarter as pricing in aggregate turned slightly positive. The Insurance segment’s gross premiums written increased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by nearly 19%. When normalized for foreign exchange, the renewal of certain long term agreements (as annual policies) which were not reflected in last year’s premiums and the favorable true-ups of various premium accruals and other adjustments, the increase is approximately 8%. This increase was driven, in part, by increased premiums resulting from an expanding rate base, a sign of economic improvement, but more importantly by new business initiatives which include North America construction, U.S. general aviation, International upper middle markets and certain professional and P&C programs. Overall, premium rates reflected an aggregate price increase of approximately 0.4%, but if the impact of the highly competitive U.S. directors and officers book is excluded, the second quarter rate improvement is approximately 1.7% across all other lines. The Insurance segment continues to be extremely diligent with rates on existing accounts and in the selection of new business.

          Reinsurance

          The Reinsurance segment’s gross premiums written increased by 12.1% in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. This growth was mainly in Bermuda property catastrophe lines and International casualty through both price and capacity increases, as well as from new business in the quarter. July 1 renewals saw rate increases in the international market for loss impacted property programs, specifically marine, energy and Asia catastrophe programs, of 5 - 10%. However, rates in non-impacted programs were generally flat to slightly down. The U.S. catastrophe market also had improved pricing with 7.5 - 12.5% increases in Florida concentrated business and 5 - 7.5% price increases on other U.S. business. Pressure on pricing remains in the long tail lines of the reinsurance market but there was some success in identifying pricing opportunities in Europe during the quarter. Overall the long tail lines of the reinsurance market remain very competitive and the Reinsurance segment will continue its disciplined underwriting philosophy.

          There can be no assurance, however, that such (re)insurance rate conditions or growth opportunities will be sustained or further materialize, or lead to improvements in our books of business. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

48


Other Key Focuses of Management

          The Company remains focused on, among other things, tailoring the Company’s business model to focus on its core P&C business, optimizing the P&C investment portfolio, and enhancing its enterprise risk management capabilities. The Company continues to focus on those lines of business within its Insurance and Reinsurance segments that provide the best return on capital. Details relating to these initiatives are discussed in Other Key Focuses of Management in Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. That discussion is updated with the disclosures set forth below.

Capital Management

          On July 22, 2011, XL-Switzerland entered into a Remarketing Agreement relating to the remarketing of XL-Cayman’s $575 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior notes due August 2021 (the “8.25% Senior Notes”) comprising a part of the equity security units (the “10.75% Units”). XL-Cayman has submitted an order to purchase all of the 8.25% Senior Notes available to be remarketed, and will retire all such 8.25% Senior Notes it may purchase in the remarketing. The remarketing is anticipated to settle on August 15, 2011, when the forward purchase contracts comprising part of the 10.75% Units are to be settled. Subject to certain conditions, the proceeds from the remarketing of the 8.25% Senior Notes will be used to satisfy the purchase price for XL-Ireland’s ordinary shares to be issued and delivered to holders of the 10.75% Units upon settlement of the forward purchase contracts. The number of ordinary shares to be issued upon settlement of the forward purchase contracts will be determined based on the average trading price for the ordinary shares over a period preceding that date and is subject to a maximum of approximately 35.9 million shares.

          On July 18, 2011, XL-Cayman initiated a cash tender offer for any and all of its 2,876,000 outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $25.00 per share. See “Capital Resources - Preferred Shares and Non-controlling Interest in Equity of Consolidated Subsidiaries” below for further details relating to the Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares.

          On November 2, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a share buyback program, authorizing the Company to purchase up to $1.0 billion of its ordinary shares. During 2010, the Company purchased and cancelled 6.9 million ordinary shares under this program for $144.0 million. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled 7.3 million ordinary shares under this program for $165.6 million. During the second quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled 4.3 million ordinary shares under this program for $92.3 million. Between July 1 and August 2, 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled an additional 7.3 million ordinary shares for $157.7 million. All share buybacks were carried out by way of redemption in accordance with Irish law and the Company’s constitutional documents. All shares so redeemed were canceled upon redemption. At August 2, 2011, $440.4 million remained available to be used for purchases under this program.

Risk Management

          The table below shows the Company’s estimated per event net 1% and 0.4% exceedance probability exposures for certain peak natural catastrophe perils regions. These estimates assume that amounts due from reinsurance and retrocession purchases are 100% collectible. There may be credit or other disputes associated with these potential receivables. Finally, the PMLs in the table below were derived by application of a new vendor model that was released during the first quarter of 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-in-100 Event

 

1-in-250 Event

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 

Geographical Zone
(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

Peril

 

Measurement
Date
of In-Force
Exposures (1)

 

Probable
Maximum
Loss (2)

 

Percentage of
Tangible
Shareholders’
Equity at
June 30,
2011

 

Probable
Maximum
Loss (2)

 

Percentage of
Tangible
Shareholders’
Equity at
June 30,
2011

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

North America

 

Earthquake

 

April 1, 2011

 

$

771

 

 

7.9

%

$

1,199

 

 

12.3

%

U.S.

 

Windstorm

 

April 1, 2011

 

 

1,240

 

 

12.7

%

 

1,581

 

 

16.2

%

Europe

 

Windstorm

 

April 1, 2011

 

 

518

 

 

5.3

%

 

734

 

 

7.5

%

Japan

 

Earthquake

 

April 1, 2011

 

 

289

 

 

3.0

%

 

360

 

 

3.7

%

Japan

 

Windstorm

 

April 1, 2011

 

 

141

 

 

1.4

%

 

204

 

 

2.1

%


 

 

 


 

(1)

Detailed analyses of aggregated In-force exposures and maximum loss levels are done periodically. The measurement dates represent the date of the last completed detailed analysis by geographical zone.

(2)

Probable maximum losses include secondary uncertainty which incorporates variability around the expected probable maximum loss for each event, does not represent the Company’s maximum potential exposures and are pre-tax.

          See “Significant Items Affecting the Results of Operations - 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” above.

49


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

          See the discussion of the Company’s “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section in Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Variable Interest Entities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          For further information, see the discussion of the Company’s variable interest entities and other off-balance sheet arrangements in Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and Item 1, Note 10, “Variable Interest Entities,” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

Segment Results for the three months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2010

          The Company is organized into three operating segments: Insurance, Reinsurance and Life operations. The Company’s general investment and financing operations are reflected in Corporate.

          The Company evaluates the performance of both the Insurance and Reinsurance segments based on underwriting profit and the performance of its Life operations segment based on contribution. Other items of revenue and expenditure of the Company are not evaluated at the segment level for reporting purposes. In addition, the Company does not allocate investment assets by segment for its P&C operations. Investment assets related to the Company’s Life operations and certain structured products included in the Insurance and Reinsurance segments are held in separately identified portfolios. As such, net investment income from these assets is included in the contribution from each of these segments.

          Income Statement Analysis

          Insurance

          The Company’s Insurance segment provides commercial property, casualty and specialty insurance products on a global basis. Products generally provide tailored coverages for complex corporate risks and include the following lines of business: property, casualty, professional liability, environmental liability, aviation and satellite, marine and offshore energy, equine, fine art and specie, excess and surplus lines, surety and program business. The Company focuses on those lines of business within its insurance operations that are believed to provide the best return on capital over time. These lines of business are divided across business groups: North America Property and Casualty (“NAPC”), International Property and Casualty (“IPC”), Global Professional Lines (“Professional”) and Global Specialty (“Specialty”).

          The following table summarizes the underwriting results for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

1,290,030

 

$

1,085,740

 

 

18.8

%

Net premiums written

 

 

893,191

 

 

757,424

 

 

17.9

%

Net premiums earned

 

 

907,443

 

 

868,666

 

 

4.5

%

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(608,182

)

 

(592,184

)

 

2.7

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(113,883

)

 

(92,236

)

 

23.5

%

Operating expenses

 

 

(166,608

)

 

(163,005

)

 

2.2

%

 

 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

18,770

 

$

21,241

 

 

(11.6

)%

Net results – structured products

 

$

2,690

 

$

2,940

 

 

(8.5

)%

Net fee income and other

 

 

(3,218

)

 

(4,337

)

 

(25.8

)%

          Gross premiums written increased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 18.8% and, when evaluated in local currency, increased by 12.6 %. The increase was driven largely by new business across certain NAPC business lines including primary and excess casualty, general property and newly entered business lines, such as construction and surety, as well as new business in Specialty, specifically in general aviation. In addition to favorable foreign exchange and new business, the renewal of long term agreements as annual policies and certain premium adjustments and increased shares contributed to increased premiums. These increases were partially offset by declines in Professional lines.

          Net premiums written increased by 17.9% in the second quarter of 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. The increase resulted from the gross premiums written increases outlined above partially offset by an increase in ceded premiums written of 20.9%. The increase in ceded premiums written relates to increased amounts of facultative and captive reinsurance, primarily in IPC property, foreign exchange rate changes compared to 2010, adverse amendments to prior year property treaty premium estimates and marine reinstatement premiums.

50


          Net premiums earned increased by 4.5% in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase primarily resulted from higher net written premiums earned through in primary casualty, property and middle markets, the favorable impact of foreign exchange rates offset by the marine reinstatement premiums noted above and the earn-out of lower net premiums written in U.S. Professional, certain discontinued and environmental lines.

          The following table presents the ratios for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

67.0

%

 

68.2

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

30.9

%

 

29.4

%

 

 



 



 

Combined ratio

 

 

97.9

%

 

97.6

%

 

 



 



 

          The loss and loss expense ratio includes net losses incurred for both the current quarter and any favorable or adverse prior year development of loss and loss expense reserves held at the beginning of the year. The following table summarizes the net (favorable) adverse prior year development relating to the Insurance segment for the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property

 

$

(16.7

)

$

(3.6

)

Casualty

 

 

11.8

 

 

20.4

 

Professional

 

 

(77.1

)

 

(32.8

)

Specialty and other

 

 

18.3

 

 

(17.5

)

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

(63.7

)

$

(33.5

)

 

 



 



 

Loss and loss expense ratio excluding prior year development

 

 

74.0

%

 

72.0

%

 

 



 



 

          Excluding prior year development, the loss ratio for the second quarter of 2011 increased by 2.0 loss percentage points as compared to the same period in 2010. Net catastrophe losses incurred were $3.0 million lower in the second quarter of 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. For further details on these catastrophe losses see “Significant Items affecting the Results of Operations – 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” above. Excluding favorable prior year development and net catastrophe losses in both quarters, the current accident year loss ratio increased by 2.4 points from 2010 to 2011 due to higher large loss activity in Specialty, specifically from marine and aerospace losses.

          Net favorable prior year reserve development of $63.7 million (gross unfavorable of $30.2 million) for the three months ended June 30, of 2011 was mainly attributable to the following:

 

 

For property lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $16.7 million favorable as a result of lower than expected actual losses for non-catastrophe exposures.

 

 

For casualty lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $11.8 million unfavorable (gross unfavorable of $97.6 million) related to adverse development on large excess casualty claims of $18.3 million and adverse loss experience on the U.S. risk management workers compensation book of $7.0 million; partially offset by the continued benign large loss experience in primary casualty. The larger gross unfavorable development is driven by the significant gross deterioration in the large excess casualty claims mentioned above and a large discontinued primary casualty loss being mostly covered by reinsurance.

 

 

For professional lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $77.1 million favorable primarily from lower than expected reported loss activity on the directors and officers book of $71.0 million and a further $54.8 million from specific large case reserve redundancies in the errors and omissions book of business. Partially offsetting these was higher than expected loss experience on the private commercial and small to midsize professional service books of business.

 

 

For specialty and other lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $18.3 million unfavorable mainly due to higher than expected reported loss activity on excess and surplus lines of $16.3 million and adverse development on the surety book of $20.9 million relating to a discontinued program. This was partially offset by lower than expected reported loss activity in the aerospace book of $9.1 million and a release in the marine book of $11.1 million.

          The increase in the underwriting expense ratio in the three months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 was due to an increase in the acquisition expense ratio of 1.9 points (12.5% as compared to 10.6%) while the operating expense ratio was relatively flat at 18.4% and 18.8% for the second quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in the acquisition expense ratio

51


was primarily from a favorable adjustment in guaranty fund assessments in 2010 as well as higher commissions and the lower number of fee based deals in excess casualty, property, aerospace, as well as the impact of the marine reinstatement premiums.

          Net fee income and other decreased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 mainly as a result of higher expenses related to the Company’s loss prevention consulting services.

          Net results from structured insurance products include certain structured indemnity contracts that are accounted for as deposit contracts. Net results from these contracts have marginally decreased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The decrease reflects the overall run-off nature of this line of business combined with a change in the interest rate hedging strategy on one of the larger transactions.

          Reinsurance

          The Company’s Reinsurance segment provides casualty, property risk, property catastrophe, marine, aviation and other specialty reinsurance on a global basis with business being written on both a proportional and non-proportional basis and in certain limited instances on a direct basis. The reinsurance operations are structured into geographical operating units: North America, Bermuda, International (Europe and Asia Pacific) and Latin America.

          The following table summarizes the underwriting results for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

472,413

 

$

421,340

 

 

12.1

%

Net premiums written

 

 

412,868

 

 

357,180

 

 

15.6

%

Net premiums earned

 

 

398,682

 

 

347,647

 

 

14.7

%

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(215,402

)

 

(154,981

)

 

39.0

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(91,448

)

 

(75,572

)

 

21.0

%

Operating expenses

 

 

(43,553

)

 

(43,662

)

 

(0.2

)%

 

 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit

 

$

48,279

 

$

73,432

 

 

(34.3

)%

Net results – structured products

 

$

2,226

 

$

5,776

 

 

(61.5

)%

Fee income and other

 

 

(9

)

 

575

 

 

NM

*


 

 

 


 

*

NM - Not meaningful

          Gross premiums written increased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 12.1% and, when evaluated in local currency, increased by 9.7%. The premium growth was predominantly from Bermuda property catastrophe lines and International casualty. The growth in property catastrophe gross premiums written was through price and capacity increases and from new business in the quarter. For casualty lines, the increase in gross written premiums was mainly from new quota share business and positive amendments to prior quarter premium estimates on U.K. motor business. These increases were partially offset by decreases in North America casualty lines.

          Net premiums written increased by 15.6% in the second quarter of 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. The increase resulted from the gross written premium increases outlined above coupled with a reduction in ceded premiums written. The decrease in ceded premiums written was mainly due to an increase in ceded premiums in the prior year quarter relating to reinstatement premiums on the Deepwater Horizon property damage losses.

          Net premiums earned increased by 14.7% in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase is a reflection of the overall growth in net premiums written in 2011.

          The following table presents the ratios for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

54.0

%

 

44.6

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

33.9

%

 

34.3

%

 

 



 



 

Combined ratio

 

 

87.9

%

 

78.9

%

 

 



 



 

          The loss and loss expense ratio includes net losses incurred for both the current year and any favorable or adverse prior year development of loss and loss expense reserves held at the beginning of the year. The following table summarizes the net (favorable) adverse prior year development relating to the Reinsurance segment for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

52



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Property and other short-tail lines

 

$

(24.8

)

$

(27.9

)

Casualty and other

 

 

(39.1

)

 

(21.0

)

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

(63.9

)

$

(48.9

)

 

 



 



 

Loss and loss expense ratio excluding prior year development

 

 

70.1

%

 

58.6

%

 

 



 



 

          Excluding prior year development, the loss ratio for the second quarter of 2011 increased by 11.5 loss percentage points as compared to the same period in 2010 due to higher levels of catastrophe losses occurring in the second quarter of 2011. Catastrophe losses net of reinsurance recoveries and reinstatement premiums were $54.5 million higher in the second quarter of 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. For further details on these catastrophe losses see “Significant Items affecting the Results of Operations – 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” above. Excluding favorable prior year development, net catastrophe losses and reinstatement premiums in both quarters, the loss ratio decreased by 2.2 points from 2010 to 2011 due to lower large marine loss activity in the second quarter of 2011 when compared to the same period of 2010, partially offset by a higher level of property other losses in Latin America.

          Net favorable prior year reserve development of $63.9 million for the second quarter of 2011 was mainly attributable to the following:

 

 

 

 

Net favorable prior year development of $24.8 million for the short-tailed lines in the quarter and details of these by specific lines are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

For property catastrophe lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $6.3 million favorable as reported losses were lower than expectations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For property other lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $22.7 million favorable as a result of lower than expected reported losses across most lines of business and most underwriting years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For marine and aviation lines, net prior year development was $4.2 million unfavorable primarily due to reported claim development being above expectations.

 

 

 

 

Net favorable prior year development of $39.1 million for the long-tailed lines in the quarter and details of these by specific lines are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

For casualty lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $24.9 million favorable primarily related to better than expected claim activity in North America.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For other lines, net prior year development during the quarter was $14.2 million favorable due to reserve releases on whole account treaties written on Lloyd’s syndicates.

          The decrease in the underwriting expense ratio in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 was due to a reduction in the operating expense ratio of 1.6 points (11.0% as compared to 12.6%) offset by an increase in the acquisition expense ratio of 1.2 points (22.9% as compared to 21.7%). The increase in the acquisition expense ratio was primarily from increased non-standard commission activity on prior period development in North America. The decrease in the operating expense ratio was due to lower compensation expenses in the second quarter of 2011 partially offset by an increase in corporate allocated expenses.

          Fee income and other decreased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the second quarter of 2010 mainly due to reduced collateral fees received following the collateral restructuring of one of the larger structured indemnity contracts.

          Net results from structured reinsurance products include certain structured indemnity contracts that are accounted for as deposit contracts. Net results from these contracts have decreased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 due to lower net investment income in the current year as a result of a lower invested asset base, reflecting the run-off nature of this line of business, along with favorable interest expense accretion adjustments recorded in the second quarter of 2010 based on changes in expected cash flows and payout patterns on some structured indemnity contracts.

53


          Life Operations

          During March 2009, the Company completed a strategic review of its life reinsurance business and announced that it would run-off its existing book of U.K. and Irish traditional life and annuity business, and not accept new business. Prior to the decision being made to run-off the business, products offered included a broad range of underlying lines of life reinsurance business, including term assurances, group life, critical illness cover, immediate annuities and disability income. In addition, prior to selling the renewal rights to the Continental European Business, the products offered included short-term life, accident and health business. The segment also covers a range of geographic markets, with an emphasis on the U.K., U.S., Ireland and Continental Europe.

          The following summarizes the contribution from this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

100,281

 

$

92,838

 

 

8.0

%

Net premiums written

 

 

92,194

 

 

86,094

 

 

7.1

%

Net premiums earned

 

 

92,214

 

 

86,448

 

 

6.7

%

Claims and policy benefits

 

 

(137,416

)

 

(123,375

)

 

11.4

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(9,768

)

 

(12,752

)

 

(23.4

)%

Operating expenses

 

 

(2,723

)

 

(2,765

)

 

(1.5

)%

Net investment income

 

 

82,057

 

 

75,389

 

 

8.8

%

Fee income and other

 

 

96

 

 

114

 

 

(15.8

)%

Realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

704

 

 

(5,445

)

 

NM

*

 

 



 



 



 

Contribution from Life operations

 

$

25,164

 

$

17,614

 

 

42.9

%

 

 



 



 



 


 

 

 


 

*

NM – Not meaningful

          The following table is an analysis of the Life operations gross premiums written, net premiums written and net premiums earned for the three month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2011

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Gross
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Earned

 

Gross
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Earned

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Other Life

 

$

58,751

 

$

58,226

 

$

58,246

 

$

55,474

 

$

55,525

 

$

55,879

 

Annuity

 

 

41,530

 

 

33,968

 

 

33,968

 

 

37,364

 

 

30,569

 

 

30,569

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

100,281

 

$

92,194

 

$

92,214

 

$

92,838

 

$

86,094

 

$

86,448

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

          Gross premiums written increased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 6.0% from the other life business and 11.1% from the annuity business. The increases were driven predominantly by favorable foreign exchange movements, partially offset by reduced premiums in line with the run-off expectations. Ceded premiums written increased due primarily to foreign exchange movements.

          Net premiums earned increased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 6.7%. This increase was consistent with the increase in gross and net premiums written as described above.

          Claims and policy benefit reserves increased by 11.4% in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010, largely due to negative foreign exchange impact in the current quarter, together with smaller variances resulting from reserve releases in the current and prior year quarters.

          Acquisition costs decreased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 23.4%, largely due to run-off expectations, offset by negative foreign exchange impact, compounded by some irregular acquisition costs in the prior year.

          Operating expenses decreased by 1.5% in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year due mainly to lower compensation expenses as a result of severance costs in 2010 following the decision to place this business into run-off.

          Net investment income is included in the calculation of contribution from Life operations, as it relates to income earned on portfolios of separately identified and managed life investment assets and other allocated assets. Net investment income increased by 8.8% in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010, due to positive foreign exchange impact, but was broadly in line with expected returns in underlying currencies.

54


          The realized gains on investments within the Life portfolio relate primarily to the sale of U.S. Agencies. See “Net Realized Gains and Losses and Other than Temporary Declines in the Value of Investments” below for an analysis of the Company’s total realized losses on investments during the three months ended June 30, 2011.

           Investment Activities

          The following table illustrates the change in net investment income from P&C operations, net income from investment fund affiliates, net realized (losses) gains on investments and net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investment derivative instruments for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net investment income – property and casualty operations

 

$

214,448

 

$

227,205

 

 

(5.6

)%

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates (1)

 

 

10,250

 

 

19,084

 

 

(46.3

)%

Net realized (losses) on investments

 

 

(9,544

)

 

(61,386

)

 

(84.5

)%

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investment and other derivative instruments

 

 

(10,950

)

 

(19,896

)

 

(45.0

)%


 

 

 


 

(1)

The Company records the income related to alternative fund affiliates on a one month lag and the private investment fund affiliates on a three month lag in order for the Company to meet the accelerated filing deadlines.

          Net investment income related to P&C operations decreased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 due primarily to declining portfolio yields. Overall, portfolio yields have decreased as a result of the impact of declines in U.S. interest rates and cash outflows from the invested portfolio.

          Net income from investment fund affiliates reflected solid results from the Company’s equity accounted alternative funds and private investment portfolio. The 2011 results decreased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 as the returns from each class of investment were stronger during 2010.

          The Company manages its investment grade fixed income securities in accordance with investment guidelines approved by the Risk and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors. The following is a summary of the investment portfolio returns for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011(1)

 

2010 (1)

 

 

 


 


 

Fixed income portfolios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD fixed income portfolio

 

 

1.7

%

 

2.1

%

GBP fixed income portfolio

 

 

1.6

%

 

2.2

%

EUR fixed income portfolio

 

 

1.4

%

 

2.0

%

Other portfolios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative portfolio (2)

 

 

1.1

%

 

1.0

%

Equity portfolio (3)

 

 

1.3

%

 

NM

*

High-Yield fixed income portfolio

 

 

0.2

%

 

0.2

%


 

 

 


(1)

Portfolio returns are calculated by dividing the sum of gross investment income or net income from investment affiliates, realized gains (losses) and unrealized gains (losses) by the average market value of each portfolio. Performance is measured in the underlying asset currency.

 

 

 

(2)

Performance on the alternative portfolio reflects the three months ended May 31, 2011 and May 31, 2010, respectively.

 

 

 

(3)

Equity portfolio is negligible in 2010 and, accordingly, performance returns are not presented.

 

 

 

*

NM - Not Meaningful

55


           Net Realized Gains and Losses and Other than Temporary Declines in the Value of Investments

          Net realized losses on investments in the three months ended June 30, 2011 included net realized losses of approximately $27.2 million related to the write-down of certain of the Company’s fixed income investments. In addition, included in the net realized losses noted above are net realized gains of $17.7 million from sales of investments, principally, investment grade Corporates, Agencies and CDOs.

          The significant assumptions and inputs associated with the net impairment charges of $27.2 million consist of:

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded net impairments of $14.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 related to structured credit securities. The Company determined that the likely recovery on these securities was below the carrying value, and accordingly recorded impairments on the securities to the discounted value of the expected cash flows.

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded impairments totaling $11.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 related to medium term notes backed primarily by investment grade European credit. The Company adjusted the estimated remaining holding period of certain notes resulting in a shorter reinvestment spectrum.

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded impairments of $2.1 million related to currency losses for the three months ended June 30, 2011.

          Net realized losses in the second quarter of 2010 included net realized losses of $57.4 million related to the write-down of certain of the Company’s fixed income, equity and other investments with respect to which the Company determined that there was an other-than-temporary decline in the value of those investments as well as net realized losses of $4.0 million from sales of investments.

           Net Realized and Unrealized Gains and Losses on Investment-Related Derivatives

          Net realized and unrealized gains on investment derivatives for the three months ended June 30, 2011 resulted from the Company’s investment strategy to manage interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk and credit risk, and to replicate permitted investments.

           Other Revenues and Expenses

          The following table sets forth other revenues and expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net income (loss) from operating affiliates (1)

 

$

46,251

 

$

21,013

 

 

NM

*

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

8,498

 

 

32,276

 

 

(73.7

)%

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

44

 

 

464

 

 

(90.5

)%

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

39,522

 

 

22,793

 

 

73.4

%

Interest expense (2)

 

 

41,599

 

 

38,551

 

 

7.9

%

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

24,826

 

 

42,976

 

 

(42.2

)%


 

 

 


 

(1)

The Company generally records the income related to certain operating affiliates on a three month lag in order for the Company to meet accelerated filing deadlines.

(2)

Interest expense does not include interest expense related structured products as reported within the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

*

NM – Not meaningful

          The following table sets forth the net income (loss) from operating affiliates for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net income (loss) from financial operating affiliates

 

$

(1,018

)

$

543

 

 

NM

*

Net income from investment manager affiliates

 

 

41,345

 

 

9,736

 

 

NM

*

Net income from other strategic operating affiliates

 

 

5,924

 

 

10,734

 

 

(44.8

)%

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

46,251

 

$

21,013

 

 

NM

*

 

 



 



 



 


 

 

 


 

*

NM – Not meaningful

          The financial operating affiliate loss in the second quarter reflects a write down in value of one investment following a restructuring.

56


          Investment manager affiliate income increased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year, and reflects an especially strong quarter for certain investment manager affiliates in the second quarter of this year as a result of underlying funds under management surpassing certain fee hurdles.

          Strategic operating affiliate income decreased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the second quarter of 2010 due to prior period income from the Company’s Brazilian joint venture, ITAÚ XL Seguros Corporativos S.A. (“ITAU”), which was sold during the second quarter of 2010.

          Foreign exchange gains decreased in the second quarter of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010 as the U.S. dollar was weaker against certain European currencies including the U.K. sterling, the Swiss Franc and the Euro, as well as the Canadian dollar.

          Corporate operating expenses increased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year primarily as a result of certain strategic corporate initiatives taking place in 2011.

          Interest expense increased in the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of changes in the Company’s debt hedging activities. In June 2010, interest rate contracts designed as fair value hedges of certain issues of the Company’s notes payable and debt were settled.

          The tax charge of $24.8 million incurred in the three months ended June 30, 2011 included a benefit of $11.9 million arising as a result of a change in an overseas tax rule adopted in the quarter. Excluding this benefit, the decrease in the Company’s income tax expense in the three months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same quarter in 2010 arose principally from lower income in taxable jurisdictions in the three months ended June 30, 2011.

Segment Results for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010

          Insurance

          The following table summarizes the underwriting results for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

2,512,379

 

$

2,217,630

 

 

13.3

%

Net premiums written

 

 

1,812,181

 

 

1,658,688

 

 

9.3

%

Net premiums earned

 

 

1,783,363

 

 

1,765,677

 

 

1.0

%

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(1,396,695

)

 

(1,240,503

)

 

12.6

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(221,527

)

 

(202,378

)

 

9.5

%

Operating expenses

 

 

(330,703

)

 

(316,241

)

 

4.6

%

 

 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit (loss)

 

$

(165,562

)

$

6,555

 

 

NM

*

Net results – structured products

 

$

5,950

 

$

8,579

 

 

(30.6

)%

Net fee income and other

 

 

(9,130

)

 

(8,123

)

 

12.4

%


 

 

 


 

*

NM – Not meaningful

          Gross premiums written increased by 13.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010 and, when evaluated in local currency, increased by 10.4 %. The IPC and NAPC business groups both experienced increased gross premiums written, driven largely by new business primarily in NAPC from general property and energy, excess casualty and programs as well as premiums from the newly formed construction business. In addition to favorable foreign exchange and new business, the renewal of long term agreements as annual policies and certain premium adjustments and increased shares contributed to increased premiums. For Professional and Specialty business groups, a reduction in gross premiums written was attributable to lower new business in marine and U.S. professional partially offset by new business in general aviation, specie and certain niche professional lines. In addition, a lower renewable base over the prior year further contributed to the reduction in U.S. professional gross premiums written.

          Net premiums written increased by 9.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase resulted from the gross premiums written increases outlined above partially offset by an increase in ceded premiums written of 25.3%. The increase in ceded premiums written relates to increased utilization of facultative reinsurance, primarily in IPC, the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange rates in property, adverse amendments to prior year premium estimates in property, excess casualty and middle market excess of loss treaties and reinstatement premiums related to marine losses.

          Net premiums earned increased by 1.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase primarily resulted from higher net written premiums earning through primary casualty, property and middle markets and favorable foreign exchange impacts offset by the marine reinstatement premiums noted above and the earn-out of lower net premiums written in U.S. Professional, certain discontinued and environmental lines.

57


          The following table presents the ratios for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

78.3

%

 

70.3

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

31.0

%

 

29.3

%

 

 



 



 

Combined ratio

 

 

109.3

%

 

99.6

%

 

 



 



 

          The loss and loss expense ratio includes net losses incurred for both the current period and any favorable or adverse prior year development of loss and loss expense reserves held at the beginning of the year. The following table summarizes the net (favorable) adverse prior year development relating to the Insurance segment for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property

 

$

(23.7

)

$

(27.6

)

Casualty

 

 

12.0

 

 

13.4

 

Professional

 

 

(75.3

)

 

(34.6

)

Specialty and other

 

 

16.7

 

 

(17.6

)

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

(70.3

)

$

(66.4

)

 

 



 



 

Loss and loss expense ratio excluding prior year development

 

 

82.3

%

 

74.0

%

 

 



 



 

          Excluding prior year development, the loss ratio for the six months ended June 30, 2011 increased by 8.3 loss percentage points as compared to the same period in 2010 due to higher levels of catastrophe losses occurring in the six months ended June 30, 2011. Total net catastrophe losses were $50.2 million higher for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. For further details on these catastrophe losses see “Significant Items affecting the Results of Operations – 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” above. Excluding favorable prior year development and net catastrophe losses in both periods, the current accident year loss ratio increased by 5.5 points from 2010 to 2011 due to higher large loss activity in energy, property, marine and aerospace businesses.

          Net favorable prior year reserve development of $70.3 million (gross unfavorable of $4.0 million) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was mainly attributable to the following:

 

 

For property lines, net prior year development in the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $23.7 million favorable due mainly to case reserve reductions in the non-catastrophe property book.

 

 

For casualty lines, net prior year development in the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $12.0 million unfavorable (gross unfavorable of $98.9 million) related to adverse development on large excess casualty claims of $18.3 million and adverse loss experience on the U.S. risk management workers compensation book of $7.0 million, partially offset by the continued benign large loss experience in primary casualty. The larger gross unfavorable development is driven by the significant gross deterioration in the large excess casualty claims mentioned above and a large discontinued primary casualty loss being mostly covered by reinsurance.

 

 

For professional lines, net prior year development in the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $75.3 million favorable primarily from lower than expected reported loss activity on the directors and officers book of $71.0 million and a further $54.8 million from specific large case reserve redundancies in the errors and omissions book of business. Partially offsetting these was higher than expected loss experience on the private commercial and small to midsize professional service books of business.

 

 

For specialty and other lines, net prior year development in the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $16.7 million unfavorable mainly due to higher than expected reported loss activity on excess and surplus lines of $16.3 million and adverse development on the surety book of $20.9 million relating to a discontinued program. This was partially offset by lower than expected reported loss activity in the aerospace book of $9.1 million and a release in the marine book of $11.1 million.

          The increase in the underwriting expense ratio in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 was due to an increase in the operating expense ratio of 0.8 points (18.5% as compared to 17.7%) and an increase in the acquisition expense ratio of 0.9 points (12.4% as compared to 11.5%). The increase in the operating expense ratio was mainly as a result of increased compensation costs from a higher number of employees, prior year merit increases, and foreign exchange impacts. The increase in the acquisition expense ratio was primarily from favorable adjustment in guaranty fund assessments in 2010 as well as,

58


higher commissions and lower amounts of fee based business in excess casualty, property, aerospace, as well as the impact of the marine reinstatement premiums.

          Net fee income and other decreased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 mainly as a result of higher expenses related to the Company’s loss prevention consulting services partially offset by higher engineering fees in NAPC Property.

          Net results from structured insurance products include certain structured indemnity contracts that are accounted for as deposit contracts. Net results from these contracts have decreased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The decrease reflects the overall run-off nature of this line of business combined with a change in the interest rate hedging strategy on one of the larger transactions, during the third quarter of 2010.

          Reinsurance

          The following table summarizes the underwriting results for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

1,349,184

 

$

1,211,763

 

 

11.3

%

Net premiums written

 

 

1,208,160

 

 

1,052,441

 

 

14.8

%

Net premiums earned

 

 

794,458

 

 

714,237

 

 

11.2

%

Net losses and loss expenses

 

 

(635,754

)

 

(398,862

)

 

59.4

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(164,974

)

 

(148,177

)

 

11.3

%

Operating expenses

 

 

(89,183

)

 

(85,690

)

 

4.1

%

 

 



 



 



 

Underwriting profit

 

$

(95,453

)

$

81,508

 

 

NM

*

Net results – structured products

 

$

6,440

 

$

8,252

 

 

(22.0

)%

Fee income and other

 

 

1,385

 

 

894

 

 

54.9

%


 

 

 


 

*

NM - Not meaningful

          Gross premiums written increased by 11.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010 and when evaluated in local currency, increased by 10.3%. The premium growth was predominantly from International due to new motor and marine business, recaptured business, as well as positive amendments to prior year premium estimates partially offset by lower casualty renewals. The growth in property catastrophe gross premiums written was through price and capacity increases and from new business in the period partially offset by the non-renewal of certain property treaties. The increases were also partially offset by decreases in North America casualty due to current market conditions, the non-renewal of certain treaties and the timing of certain inceptions.

          Net premiums written increased by 14.8% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase resulted from the gross written premiums increases outlined above coupled with a reduction in ceded premiums written. The decrease in ceded premiums written was mainly due to lower ceded reinstatement premiums associated with natural catastrophes and other large losses in the first six months of 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. In addition, there was a reduction in volume associated with a U.S. agricultural program of which a significant portion was retroceded.

          Net premiums earned increased by 11.2% in the six months ended June 30, of 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010. The increase is a reflection of the overall growth in net premiums written in 2011. In addition, reinstatement premiums on catastrophe losses, which are earned immediately, increased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010.

          The following table presents the ratios for this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Loss and loss expense ratio

 

 

80.0

%

 

55.8

%

Underwriting expense ratio

 

 

32.0

%

 

32.8

%

 

 



 



 

Combined ratio

 

 

112.0

%

 

88.6

%

 

 



 



 

          The loss and loss expense ratio includes net losses incurred for both the current year and any favorable or adverse prior year development of loss and loss expense reserves held at the beginning of the year. The following table summarizes the net (favorable) adverse prior year development relating to the Reinsurance segment for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

59



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 


 


 

Property and other short-tail lines

 

$

(56.1

)

$

(77.9

)

Casualty and other

 

 

(72.2

)

 

(24.8

)

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

(128.3

)

$

(102.7

)

 

 



 



 

Loss and loss expense ratio excluding prior year development

 

 

96.2

%

 

70.2

%

 

 



 



 

          Excluding prior year development, the loss ratio for the six months ended June 30, 2011 increased by 26.0 loss percentage points as compared to the same period in 2010 due to higher levels of catastrophe losses occurring in the six months ended June 30, 2011. Catastrophe losses net of reinsurance recoveries and reinstatement premiums were $207.7 million higher for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same period of 2010. For further details on these catastrophe losses see “Significant Items affecting the Results of Operations – 1) The impact of significant large natural catastrophe activity” above. Excluding favorable prior year development, net catastrophe losses and reinstatement premiums in both periods, the loss ratio increased by 0.4 points from 2010 to 2011 mainly due to higher marine losses in the International unit occurring in the first quarter of 2011.

          Net favorable prior year reserve development of $128.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was mainly attributable to the following:

 

 

 

 

Net favorable prior year development of $56.1 million for the short-tailed lines in the period and details of these by specific lines are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

For property catastrophe lines, net prior year development in the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $29.5 million favorable with the main components of this being better than expected loss development of $11.0 million from several European windstorm losses and $8.0 million from Hurricanes Katrina and Rita

 

 

 

 

 

 

For property other lines, net prior year development in the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $31.9 million favorable as a result of lower than expected reported losses across most lines of business and most underwriting years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For marine and aviation lines, net prior year development in the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $9.9 million unfavorable primarily due to reported claim development being above expectations.

 

 

 

 

Net favorable prior year development of $72.2 million for the long-tailed lines in the period and details of these by specific lines are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

For casualty lines, net prior year development in the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $54.6 million in favorable casualty development primarily related to $22.6 million in better than expected claim activity in North America, $7.6 million in Europe and $21.3 million related to favorable development on Enron-related professional liability claims.

 

 

 

 

 

 

For other lines, net prior year development in the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $17.6 million favorable primarily due to reserve releases on whole account treaties written on Lloyd’s syndicates.

          The decrease in the underwriting expense ratio in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010 was due to a decrease in the operating expense ratio of 0.9 points (11.2% as compared to 12.1%) while the acquisition expense ratio was relatively flat at 20.8% and 20.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in the operating expense ratio was due to higher net earned premiums in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010.

          Fee income and other increased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to same period of 2010 due in part to the amendment to the sales proceeds for the renewal rights of the European life, accident and health business, resulting in a charge for the prior year period. In addition, fees in Latin America increased during the current period following the extension in duration for some treaties whose earnings arose immediately.

          Net results from structured reinsurance products include certain structured indemnity contracts that are accounted for as deposit contracts. Net results from these contracts have decreased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 due to lower net investment income in the current year reflecting the run-off nature of this line of business.

60


          Life Operations

          The following summarizes the contribution from this segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Gross premiums written

 

$

197,940

 

$

205,739

 

 

(3.8

)%

Net premiums written

 

 

181,866

 

 

190,760

 

 

(4.7

)%

Net premiums earned

 

 

181,901

 

 

191,332

 

 

(4.9

)%

Claims and policy benefits

 

 

(270,647

)

 

(247,118

)

 

9.5

%

Acquisition costs

 

 

(17,088

)

 

(31,142

)

 

(45.1

)%

Operating expenses

 

 

(4,889

)

 

(5,773

)

 

(15.3

)%

Net investment income

 

 

159,033

 

 

155,733

 

 

2.1

%

Fee income and other

 

 

137

 

 

154

 

 

(11.0

)%

Realized gains (losses) on investments

 

 

(38,847

)

 

(9,858

)

 

NM

*

 

 



 



 



 

Contribution from Life operations

 

$

9,600

 

$

53,328

 

 

(82.0

)%

 

 



 



 



 


 

 

 


 

*

NM - Not meaningful

          The following table is an analysis of the Life operations gross premiums written, net premiums written and net premiums earned for the six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2011

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Gross
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Earned

 

Gross
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Written

 

Net
Premiums
Earned

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Other Life

 

$

116,027

 

$

114,975

 

$

115,010

 

$

129,836

 

$

128,760

 

$

129,332

 

Annuity

 

 

81,913

 

 

66,891

 

 

66,891

 

 

75,903

 

 

62,000

 

 

62,000

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

197,940

 

$

181,866

 

$

181,901

 

$

205,739

 

$

190,760

 

$

191,332

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

          Gross premiums written decreased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 3.8%, driven predominantly by the Other Life business. The decrease was in line with the run-off expectations following the recapture of a number of term assurance treaties during the first quarter of 2010, partially offset by favorable foreign exchange movements. Gross premiums written relating to annuity business increased due to favorable foreign exchange rate movements. Ceded premiums written increased due to foreign exchange movements.

          Net premiums earned decreased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 4.9%. This decrease was consistent with the decrease in gross and net premiums written as described above.

          Claims and policy benefit reserves increased by 9.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010, as a result of a $13.6 million gain on recapture of three treaties in the first quarter of 2010, combined with a negative foreign exchange impact in the current period, partially offset by reserve releases generally consistent with movements in premiums written, and in line with natural run-off.

          Acquisition costs decreased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 by 45.1%, largely due to the recaptured treaties in the prior year and run-off expectations as outlined above.

          Operating expenses decreased by 15.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year due mainly to lower compensation expenses as a result of severance costs in 2010 following the decision to place this business into run-off.

          Net investment income is included in the calculation of contribution from Life operations, as it relates to income earned on portfolios of separately identified and managed life investment assets and other allocated assets. Net investment income increased by 2.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010, due to positive foreign exchange impact, but was broadly in line with expected returns in underlying currencies.

          The realized losses on investments within the Life portfolio relate primarily to the sale of European hybrids and subordinated debt. See “Net Realized Gains and Losses and Other than Temporary Declines in the Value of Investments” below for an analysis of the Company’s total realized losses on investments during the six months ended June 30, 2011.

61


Investment Activities

          The following table illustrates the change in net investment income from P&C operations, net income from investment fund affiliates, net realized (losses) gains on investments and net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investment derivative instruments for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net investment income – property and casualty operations

 

$

417,735

 

$

455,185

 

 

(8.2

)%

Net income (loss) from investment fund affiliates (1)

 

 

37,400

 

 

27,262

 

 

37.2

%

Net realized (losses) on investments

 

 

(75,981

)

 

(97,562

)

 

(22.1

)%

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investment and other derivative instruments

 

 

(7,383

)

 

(40,376

)

 

(81.7

)%


 

 

 



 

(1)

The Company records the income related to alternative fund affiliates on a one month lag and the private investment fund affiliates on a three month lag in order for the Company to meet the accelerated filing deadlines.

*

NM – Not meaningful

          Net investment income related to P&C operations decreased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 due primarily to declining portfolio yields. Overall, portfolio yields have decreased as a result of the impact of declines in U.S. interest rates and cash outflows from the invested portfolio.

          Net income from investment fund affiliates increased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010, reflecting solid results from the Company’s alternative funds and strong returns in the private investment portfolio in the first half of the current fiscal year as a result of fair value mark-ups in a number of the private funds.

          The Company manages its investment grade fixed income securities in accordance with investment guidelines approved by the Risk and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors. The following is a summary of the investment portfolio returns for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2011(1)

 

2010 (1)

 

 

 


 


 

Fixed income portfolios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD fixed income portfolio

 

 

2.7

%

 

4.5

%

GBP fixed income portfolio

 

 

2.1

%

 

6.5

%

EUR fixed income portfolio

 

 

1.1

%

 

5.5

%

Other portfolios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative portfolio (2)

 

 

4.4

%

 

2.1

%

Equity portfolio (3)

 

 

6.1

%

 

NM

*

High-Yield fixed income portfolio

 

 

3.0

%

 

2.6

%


 

 

 



 

(1)

Portfolio returns are calculated by dividing the sum of gross investment income or net income from investment affiliates, realized gains (losses) and unrealized gains (losses) by the average market value of each portfolio. Performance is measured in the underlying asset currency.

 

 

(2)

Performance on the alternative portfolio reflects the six months ended May 31, 2011 and May 31, 2010, respectively.

 

 

(3)

Equity portfolio is negligible in 2010 and accordingly, performance returns are not presented.

 

 

*

NM - Not Meaningful

          Net Realized Gains and Losses and Other than Temporary Declines in the Value of Investments

          Net realized losses on investments in the six months ended June 30, 2011 included net realized losses of approximately $64.6 million related to the write-down of certain of the Company’s fixed income investments. In addition, included in the net realized losses noted above are net realized losses of $17.7 million from sales of investments principally on European financials and non-Agency RMBS.

          The significant assumptions and inputs associated with the net impairment charges of $64.6 million consist of:

 

 

 

 

For structured credit securities, the Company recorded net impairments of $34.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The Company determined that the likely recovery on these securities was below the carrying value, and accordingly recorded an impairment on the securities to the discounted value of the cash flows of these securities.

62



 

 

 

 

The Company recorded impairments totaling $20.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 related to medium term notes backed primarily by investment grade European credit. The Company adjusted the estimated remaining holding period of certain notes resulting in a shorter reinvestment spectrum.

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded impairments of $9.9 million related to currency losses for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

          Net realized losses in the first six months of 2010 included net realized losses of $97.6 million related to the write-down of certain of the Company’s fixed income, equity and other investments with respect to which the Company determined that there was an other than temporary decline in the value of those investments as well as negligible gains from sales of investments.

          Net Realized and Unrealized Gains and Losses on Investment-Related Derivatives

          Net realized and unrealized gains on investment derivatives for the six months ended June 30, 2011 resulted from the Company’s investment strategy to manage interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk and credit risk, and to replicate permitted investments.

          Other Revenues and Expenses

          The following table sets forth other revenues and expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net income (loss) from operating affiliates (1)

 

$

59,887

 

$

32,619

 

 

83.6

%

Exchange gains (losses)

 

 

(1,016

)

 

53,359

 

 

NM

*

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

509

 

 

929

 

 

45.2

%

Corporate operating expenses

 

 

74,749

 

 

41,656

 

 

79.4

%

Interest expense (2)

 

 

83,498

 

 

75,451

 

 

10.7

%

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

(7,971

)

 

72,812

 

 

NM

*


 

 

 



 

(1)

The Company generally records the income related to certain operating affiliates on a three month lag in order for the Company to meet accelerated filing deadlines.

(2)

Interest expense does not include interest expense related structured products as reported within the Insurance and Reinsurance segments and Corporate.

*

NM – Not meaningful

          The following table sets forth the net income (loss) from operating affiliates for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2011

 

2010

 

% Change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Net (loss) from financial operating affiliates

 

$

(1,018

)

$

(785

)

 

29.7

*

Net income from investment manager affiliates

 

 

46,512

 

 

14,743

 

 

NM

*

Net income from other strategic operating affiliates

 

 

14,393

 

 

18,661

 

 

22.9

%

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

59,887

 

$

32,619

 

 

83.6

%

 

 



 



 



 


 

 

 



 

*

NM – Not meaningful

          The financial operating affiliate loss in the six months ended June 30, 2011 reflects a write down in value of one investment following a restructuring.

          Investment manager affiliate income increased in the first six months of 2011 reflecting the especially strong second quarter results for certain investment manager affiliates as compared to the same period in the prior year.

          Strategic operating affiliate income decreased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period of 2010 due to prior period income from the Company’s Brazilian joint venture ITAÚ XL Seguros Corporativos S.A. (“ITAU”), which was sold during the second quarter of 2010.

          Foreign exchange losses in the first six months of 2011 were as a result of the overall movement in the value of the U.S. dollar during the period. The U.S. dollar was weaker against all of the Company’s major currency exposures, particularly the Swiss Franc and the Euro.

          Corporate operating expenses increased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 primarily as a result of certain strategic corporate initiatives taking place in 2011.

63


          Interest expense increased in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in the prior year as a result of changes in the Company’s debt hedging activities. In June 2010, interest rate contracts designed as fair value hedges of certain issues of the Company’s notes payable and debt were settled.

          The tax benefit of $8.0 million recognized in the six months ended June 30, 2011 included a benefit of $11.9 million arising as a result of a change in an overseas tax rule adopted in the quarter. Excluding this benefit, the tax charge incurred in the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the tax charge incurred in the same period in 2010 reflect the Company’s expected full year effective tax rate applicable in each of the years, applied to the Company’s ordinary income in the respective periods. The Company expects the tax benefit of $8.0 million that is recognized in the six months ended June 30, 2011 to be realized over the remainder of the year.

Balance Sheet Analysis

          Investments

          The primary objectives of the investment strategy are to support the liabilities arising from the operations of the Company, generate stable investment income and build book value for the Company over the longer term. The strategy strives to balance investment returns against market and credit risk. The Company’s overall investment portfolio is structured to take into account a number of variables including local regulatory requirements, business needs, collateral management and risk tolerance.

          At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, total investments, cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income and net receivable/(payable) for investments sold/(purchased) were $36.4 billion and $35.8 billion, respectively. The following table summarizes the composition of the Company’s invested assets at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Carrying value
June 30, 2011
(1)

 

Percent of
Total

 

Carrying Value
December 31,
2010 (1)

 

Percent of
Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,859,342

 

 

7.9

%

$

3,022,868

 

 

8.4

%

Net receivable/ (payable) for investments sold/ (purchased)

 

 

(88,014

)

 

(0.2

)%

 

(12,599

)

 

0.0

%

Accrued investment income

 

 

340,484

 

 

0.9

%

 

350,091

 

 

1.0

%

Short-term investments

 

 

2,851,823

 

 

7.8

%

 

2,048,607

 

 

5.7

%

Fixed maturities, available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported (2)

 

 

1,518,812

 

 

4.2

%

 

2,127,491

 

 

5.9

%

Corporate

 

 

10,269,591

 

 

28.2

%

 

10,360,883

 

 

29.0

%

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Agency

 

 

5,676,340

 

 

15.6

%

 

5,164,746

 

 

14.4

%

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

773,286

 

 

2.1

%

 

1,021,088

 

 

2.9

%

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,146,402

 

 

3.2

%

 

1,172,507

 

 

3.3

%

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

735,957

 

 

2.0

%

 

733,663

 

 

2.1

%

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

983,773

 

 

2.7

%

 

948,831

 

 

2.7

%

U.S. States and political subdivisions of the States

 

 

1,463,803

 

 

4.0

%

 

1,351,677

 

 

3.8

%

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

2,583,722

 

 

7.1

%

 

2,663,293

 

 

7.3

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities

 

$

25,151,686

 

 

69.2

%

$

25,544,179

 

 

71.4

%

Fixed maturities, held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported (2)

 

 

10,832

 

 

0.0

%

 

10,541

 

 

0.0

%

Corporate

 

 

1,369,317

 

 

3.8

%

 

1,337,797

 

 

3.8

%

Residential mortgage-backed securities – Non-Agency

 

 

84,730

 

 

0.2

%

 

82,763

 

 

0.2

%

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

293,700

 

 

0.8

%

 

287,109

 

 

0.8

%

Non-U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related

 

 

1,084,792

 

 

3.0

%

 

1,010,125

 

 

2.8

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total fixed maturities, held to maturity

 

$

2,843,371

 

 

7.8

%

$

2,728,335

 

 

7.6

%

Equity securities

 

 

318,695

 

 

0.9

%

 

84,767

 

 

0.2

%

Investments in affiliates

 

 

1,120,890

 

 

3.1

%

 

1,081,281

 

 

3.0

%

Other investments

 

 

968,151

 

 

2.7

%

 

939,470

 

 

2.7

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total investments and cash and cash equivalents

 

$

36,366,428

 

 

100.0

%

$

35,786,999

 

 

100

%

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

(1)

Carrying value represents the fair value for available for sale fixed maturities and amortized cost for held to maturity securities.

 

 

(2)

U.S. Government and Government-Related/Supported and Non U.S. Sovereign Government, Supranational and Government-Related include government-related securities with an amortized cost of $2,156.1 million and fair value of $2,165.2 million and U.S. Agencies with an amortized cost of $710.5 million and fair value of $737.0 million.

          The Company reviews on a regular basis its corporate debt concentration, credit quality and compliance with established guidelines. At both June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the average credit quality of the Company’s total fixed income portfolio (including fixed maturities, short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents and net receivable/(payable) for investment

64


sold/(purchased)) was “AA”. At June 30, 2011, approximately 52.0% of the fixed income portfolio excluding operating cash was rated “AAA” by one or more of the principal ratings agencies. Approximately 2.9% was below investment grade or not rated. The credit rating for each asset reflected above was principally determined based on the weighted average rating of the individual securities from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.

          Refer to “Significant Items Affecting the Results of Operations” for further discussion surrounding the impact of credit market movements on the Company’s investment portfolio.

          Gross and Net Unrealized Losses on Available for Sale Investments

          At June 30, 2011, the Company had net unrealized losses on available for sale fixed maturities and short-term investments of $42.5 million. Gross unrealized losses on these investments were $819.5 million. The information presented below for the gross unrealized losses on the Company’s investments at June 30, 2011 shows the potential effect upon future earnings and financial position should management later conclude that some of the current declines in the fair value of these investments are other than temporary. Realized losses or impairments, depending on their magnitude, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations. The decrease in net unrealized losses on investments during the three months ended June 30, 2011 was primarily due to losses realized during the quarter offset by marginally unfavorable market movement. See Item 3, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk–Credit Risk.”

          The following is an analysis of how long each of those available for sale securities with an unrealized loss at June 30, 2011 had been in a continual unrealized loss position:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
Type of Securities

 

Length of time in a continual
unrealized loss position

 

(Unaudited)
Amount of
unrealized loss at
June 30, 2011

 

(Unaudited)
Fair Value of
Securities in an
unrealized loss position
at June 30, 2011

 


 


 


 


 

Fixed Maturities and Short-Term Investments

 

Less than six months

 

$

52,685

 

$

3,212,160

 

 

 

At least 6 months but less than 12 months

 

 

112,490

 

 

2,353,884

 

 

 

At least 12 months but less than 2 years

 

 

58,056

 

 

343,922

 

 

 

2 years and over

 

 

596,075

 

 

3,111,168

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

Total

 

$

819,306

 

$

9,021,134

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Equities

 

Less than six months

 

$

66

 

$

10,021

 

 

 

At least 6 months but less than 12 months

 

 

155

 

 

322

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

Total

 

$

221

 

 

10,343

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

          The following is the maturity profile of the available for sale fixed income securities that were in a gross unrealized loss position at June 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)
Maturity profile in years of fixed maturities and
short-term investments in a continual gross
unrealized loss position

 

(Unaudited)
Amount of
unrealized loss at
June 30, 2011

 

(Unaudited)
Fair value of securities in
an unrealized loss position
at June 30, 2011

 


 


 


 

Less than 1 year remaining

 

$

36,506

 

$

925,748

 

At least 1 year but less than 5 years remaining (1)

 

 

95,823

 

 

2,106,103

 

At least 5 years but less than 10 years remaining (1)

 

 

59,119

 

 

1,066,378

 

At least 10 years but less than 20 years remaining (1)

 

 

41,846

 

 

726,275

 

At least 20 years or more remaining (1)

 

 

157,129

 

 

1,320,361

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities - Agency

 

 

11,516

 

 

962,133

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities - Non-Agency

 

 

220,344

 

 

672,044

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

13,022

 

 

149,847

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

159,668

 

 

717,494

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

24,333

 

 

374,751

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

819,306

 

$

9,021,134

 

 

 



 



 


 

 

 



 

(1)

Hybrids are allocated on the call date and medium term notes are allocated on contractual maturity

          Factors considered in determining that additional OTTI charges were not warranted include management’s consideration of current and near term liquidity needs and other available sources, and in certain instances an evaluation of the factors and time necessary for recovery. See Item 1, Note 5, “Investments,” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

65


          Gross Unrealized Gains and Losses

          The following tables summarizes the fair value, gross unrealized losses, credit rating and asset class of securities in a gross unrealized loss position within the Company’s structured credit and corporate portfolios, which comprised most of the Company’s total gross unrealized loss position of $0.8 billion at June 30, 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates:

 

AAA

 

AA

 

A

 

BBB

 

BB & Below

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financials (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

208.3

 

$

493.1

 

$

842.2

 

$

379.4

 

$

16.2

 

$

1,939.2

 

Gross unrealized loss

 

$

(4.3

)

$

(21.5

)

$

(94.8

)

$

(61.7

)

$

(0.7

)

$

(183.0

)

Non-Financials (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

75.6

 

$

420.8

 

$

1,613.1

 

$

592.7

 

$

40.1

 

$

2,742.3

 

Gross unrealized loss

 

$

(2.9

)

$

(24.6

)

$

(71.0

)

$

(42.2

)

$

(3.1

)

$

(143.8

)

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

283.9

 

$

913.9

 

$

2,455.3

 

$

972.1

 

$

56.3

 

$

4,681.5

 

Gross unrealized loss

 

$

(7.2

)

$

(46.1

)

$

(165.8

)

$

(103.9

)

$

(3.8

)

$

(326.8

)

% Impaired (of amortized cost) (3)

 

 

(2.5

)%

 

(4.8

)%

 

(6.3

)%

 

(9.7

)%

 

(6.4

)%

 

(6.5

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Structured Credit:

 

AAA

 

AA

 

A

 

BBB

 

BB & Below

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMBS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

110.0

 

$

16.2

 

$

11.0

 

$

3.9

 

$

8.9

 

$

150.0

 

Gross unrealized loss

 

$

(4.6

)

$

(1.6

)

$

(1.8

)

$

(1.4

)

$

(3.7

)

$

(13.1

)

Non Agency RMBS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

158.2

 

$

105.9

 

$

77.4

 

$

95.7

 

$

284.5

 

$

721.7

 

Gross unrealized loss

 

$

(9.1

)

$

(9.7

)

$

(18.8

)

$

(29.2

)

$

(153.8

)

$

(220.6

)

Core CDOs (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

16.6

 

$

140.0

 

$

291.9

 

$

90.1

 

$

178.1

 

$

716.7

 

Gross unrealized loss

 

$

(1.2

)

$

(19.1

)

$

(46.6

)

$

(24.1

)

$

(68.4

)

$

(159.4

)

Other Asset & Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

224.1

 

$

72.3

 

$

59.0

 

$

76.7

 

$

29.0

 

$

461.1

 

Gross unrealized loss

 

$

(5.4

)

$

(1.5

)

$

(2.0

)

$

(6.9

)

$

(10.0

)

$

(25.8

)

Agency RMBS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

956.7

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

956.7

 

Gross unrealized loss

 

$

(11.5

)

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(11.5

)

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

$

1,465.6

 

$

334.4

 

$

439.3

 

$

266.4

 

$

500.5

 

$

3,006.2

 

Gross unrealized loss

 

$

(31.8

)

$

(31.9

)

$

(69.2

)

$

(61.6

)

$

(235.9

)

$

(430.4

)

% Impaired (of amortized cost) (3)

 

 

(2.1

)%

 

(8.7

)%

 

(13.6

)%

 

(18.8

)%

 

(32.0

)%

 

(12.5

)%


 

 

 


 

(1)

Included in the gross unrealized losses on corporate financials are gross unrealized losses of $104.3 million on Tier One and upper Tier Two securities of financial institutions (“Hybrids”), as well as $42.6 million of subordinated debt (including lower Tier Two securities) with a fair value of $474.2 million.

(2)

Included within Corporate are certain floating rate medium term notes supported primarily by pools of European corporate bonds with varying degrees of leverage. The notes have a fair value of $491.3 million and an amortized cost of $503.9 million. These securities have been allocated ratings of the underlying pool of collateral. These notes allow the investor to participate in cash flows of the underlying bonds including certain residual values, which could serve to either decrease or increase the ultimate values of these notes.

(3)

Management considers these impairments to be temporary.

(4)

The Company defines Core CDOs as investments in non-subprime collateralized debt obligations, which primarily consisted of collateralized loan obligations.

(5)

The credit rating for each asset reflected above was principally determined based on the weighted average rating of the individual securities from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.

          Management, in its assessment of whether securities in a gross unrealized loss position are temporarily impaired, considers the significance of the impairments. The Company had structured credit securities with gross unrealized losses of $75.6 million, with a fair value of $39.6 million, which at June 30, 2011 were impaired by greater than 50% of amortized costs. All of these are mortgage and asset-backed securities. The Company has evaluated each of these securities in conjunction with its investment manager service providers and believes it is more likely than not that the issuer will be able to fund sufficient principal and interest payments to support the current amortized cost. These securities include gross unrealized losses of $51.7 million on non-Agency RMBS, $21.6 million on Core CDOs and $2.3 million on CMBS holdings.

66


          Net Unrealized Gains and Losses

          The following table details the Company’s corporate credit exposures by certain asset classes as well as ratings levels within the Company’s fixed income investment portfolio and the current net unrealized (loss) position at June 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates:

 

AAA

 

AA

 

A

 

BBB

 

BB & Below

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

607.3

 

$

1,510.1

 

$

1,781.7

 

$

444.9

 

$

35.3

 

$

4,379.3

 

Net unrealized gain / (loss)

 

$

9.1

 

$

9.5

 

$

(48.5

)

$

(57.1

)

$

0.1

 

$

(86.9

)

Non-Financials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

167.5

 

$

1,624.7

 

$

4,664.8

 

$

1,347.6

 

$

320.2

 

$

8,124.8

 

Net unrealized gain / (loss)

 

$

0.9

 

$

36.6

 

$

104.9

 

$

15.2

 

$

15.3

 

$

172.9

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

774.8

 

$

3,134.8

 

$

6,446.5

 

$

1,792.5

 

$

355.5

 

$

12,504.1

 

Net unrealized gain / (loss)

 

$

10.0

 

$

46.1

 

$

56.4

 

$

(41.9

)

$

15.4

 

$

86.0

 


 

 

 


 

(1)

The credit rating for each asset reflected above was principally determined based on the weighted average rating of the individual securities from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.

          At June 30, 2011, approximately $1.5 billion of the Company’s $4.4 billion in corporate financial sector securities was held in the portfolios supporting the Company’s Life operations portfolio. The assets associated with that business are more heavily weighted towards longer term securities from financial institutions, including a significant portion of the Company’s Tier 1 and Upper Tier 2 securities, representing committed term debt and hybrid instruments senior to the common and preferred equity of the financial institutions. Financials held in Life portfolios accounted for $95.3 million of the Company’s net unrealized loss at June 30, 2011. At June 30, 2011, approximately 41% of the overall sensitivity to interest rate risk and 33% to credit risk was related to the Life operations portfolio, despite these portfolios accounting for only 19.9% of the fixed income portfolio.

          The following table details the Company’s structured credit exposures by certain asset classes as well as ratings levels within the Company’s fixed income investment portfolio and the current net unrealized gain (loss) positions at June 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Structured Credit:

 

AAA

 

AA

 

A

 

BBB

 

BB & Below

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMBS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

944.2

 

$

156.3

 

$

16.6

 

$

9.9

 

$

19.4

 

$

1,146.4

 

Net unrealized gain / (loss)

 

$

42.8

 

$

7.9

 

$

(1.6

)

$

(1.3

)

$

0.9

 

$

48.7

 

Non-Agency RMBS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

188.0

 

$

117.2

 

$

94.1

 

$

104.0

 

$

355.2

 

$

858.5

 

Net unrealized gain / (loss)

 

$

(8.5

)

$

(8.6

)

$

(17.4

)

$

(27.8

)

$

(135.0

)

$

(197.3

)

Core CDOs (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

16.6

 

$

140.5

 

$

292.1

 

$

90.1

 

$

194.5

 

$

733.8

 

Net unrealized gain / (loss)

 

$

(1.2

)

$

(19.1

)

$

(46.6

)

$

(24.1

)

$

(58.0

)

$

(149.0

)

Other Asset & Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

858.7

 

$

136.5

 

$

171.7

 

$

105.1

 

$

40.6

 

$

1,312.6

 

Net unrealized gain / (loss)

 

$

6.1

 

$

(0.4

)

$

(1.0

)

$

(6.2

)

$

(6.5

)

$

(8.0

)

Agency RMBS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

5,697.7

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

5,697.7

 

Net unrealized gain / (loss)

 

$

170.3

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

170.3

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

7,705.2

 

$

550.5

 

$

574.5

 

$

309.1

 

$

609.7

 

$

9,749.0

 

Net unrealized gain / (loss)

 

$

209.5

 

$

(20.2

)

$

(66.6

)

$

(59.4

)

$

(198.6

)

$

(135.3

)


 

 

 


 

(1)

The Company defines Core CDOs as investments in non-mortgage collateralized debt obligations, primarily consisting of collateralized loan obligations.

(2)

The credit rating for each asset reflected above was principally determined based on the weighted average rating of the individual securities from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.

67


          The following table details the current exposures to Non-Agency RMBS and Core CDOs within the Company’s fixed income portfolio as well as the current net unrealized (loss) gain position at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 


 


 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Holding at
Fair Value

 

Percent
of Fixed
Income
Portfolio

 

Net
Unrealized
(Loss) Gain

 

Holding
at Fair
Value

 

Percent
of Fixed
Income
Portfolio

 

Net
Unrealized
(Loss) Gain

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Non-Agency RMBS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sub-prime first lien mortgages

 

$

345,748

 

 

1.0

%

$

(128,438

)

$

395,100

 

 

1.2

%

$

(142,395

)

Alt-A mortgages

 

 

136,062

 

 

0.4

%

 

(40,147

)

 

198,005

 

 

0.6

%

 

(53,667

)

Second lien mortgages (including sub-prime second lien mortgages)

 

 

29,125

 

 

0.1

%

 

(6,165

)

 

33,069

 

 

0.1

%

 

(7,830

)

ABS CDOs with sub-prime collateral

 

 

2,660

 

 

%

 

344

 

 

3,193

 

 

%

 

541

 

Prime RMBS

 

 

200,983

 

 

0.6

%

 

(20,082

)

 

311,569

 

 

0.9

%

 

(28,235

)

Other assets

 

 

143,881

 

 

0.4

%

 

(2,909

)

 

166,489

 

 

0.5

%

 

(3,838

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total exposure to Non-Agency RMBS

 

$

858,459

 

 

2.5

%

$

(197,397)

 

$

1,107,425

 

 

3.3

%

$

(235,424

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Core CDOs

 

$

733,838

 

 

2.2

%

 

(149,091)

 

$

733,488

 

 

2.2

%

 

(186,636

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

          At June 30, 2011, the Company’s sub-prime and Alt-A exposures had adequate underlying loan characteristics and the Company believed at such date that the current amortized cost levels were at or below the discounted cash flow value of the holdings, based on an analysis of subordination levels relative to current expectations of house price declines, loss severities and default levels. The Company had approximately $79.2 million of Non-Agency RMBS downgraded during the three months ended June 30, 2011. However, 58.6% of the Company’s holdings remain rated investment grade at June 30, 2011.

          Refer to “Significant Items Affecting the Results of Operations” for further discussion surrounding the impact of credit market movements on the Company’s investment portfolio and exposure to sub-prime related assets.

          As noted in Item 8, Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, the determination of the amount of OTTI varies by investment type and is based upon management’s periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. Management considers a wide range of factors about the securities and uses their best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in management’s evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Management updates its evaluations regularly and reflects additional impairments in net income as determinations are made. Management’s determination of the amount of the impairment taken on investments is highly subjective and could adversely impact the Company’s results of operations. There can be no assurance that management has accurately assessed the level of OTTI taken and reflected in the Company’s financial statements. Furthermore, additional impairments may need to be taken in the future. Historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments.

          Levels of write down or OTTI are also impacted by the Company’s assessment of the intent to sell securities that have declined in value prior to recovery. If, due to changes in circumstances, the Company determines to reposition or realign portions of the portfolio and the Company determines not to hold certain securities in an unrealized loss position to recovery, then the Company will incur OTTI charges, which charges could be significant.

          Fair Value Measurements of Assets and Liabilities

          The Company provides disclosures by level within the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value in Item 1, Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements. For a full description of the valuation methodologies utilized by the Company for all asset and liabilities carried at fair value, see Item 8, Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 3, “Fair Value Measurements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, each included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          At June 30, 2011, our Level 3 assets represented approximately 2.9% of our assets that are measured at fair value and less than 2% of our total assets. Our Level 3 liabilities represented approximately 44.7% of our liabilities that are measured at fair value and less than 1% of our total liabilities at June 30, 2011. As defined in the hierarchy, those assets and liabilities categorized as Level 3 have valuations determined using unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs may include the entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions, applied to a modeled valuation; however, this is not the case with respect to the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities. The vast majority of the assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 are made up of those securities for which the values were obtained from brokers where either significant inputs were utilized in determining the value that were difficult to corroborate

68


with observable market data, or sufficient information regarding the specific inputs utilized by the broker were not obtained to support a Level 2 classification.

          At June 30, 2011, the Company did not have any liabilities that were carried at fair value based on Level 3 inputs other than derivative instruments in a liability position.

Controls over Valuation of Financial Instruments

          The Company performs quarterly reviews of the prices received from its third party valuation sources to assess if the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. This process is completed by investment and accounting personnel who are independent of those responsible for providing the valuations. These reviews include, but are not limited to, valuation comparisons between external sources and the completion of recurring reviews of third party pricing services methodologies. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines there is a more appropriate fair value based upon available market data, the price received from one third party may be substituted for another or, in limited circumstances, management may determine that an adjustment is required to a third party value. In addition, similar valuation controls are followed by external parties responsible for sourcing appropriate valuations from third parties on the Company’s behalf, which provides additional support regarding the reasonableness of the fair values recorded in the Company’s financial statements.

Unpaid Losses and Loss Expenses

          The Company establishes reserves to provide for estimated claims, the general expenses of administering the claims adjustment process and losses incurred but not reported. These reserves are calculated using actuarial and other reserving techniques to project the estimated ultimate net liability for losses and loss expenses. The Company’s reserving practices and the establishment of any particular reserve reflects management’s judgment concerning sound financial practice and do not represent any admission of liability with respect to any claims made against the Company.

          Unpaid losses and loss expenses totaled $21.0 billion at June 30, 2011, and $20.5 billion at December 31, 2010. The table below represents a reconciliation of the Company’s P&C unpaid losses and loss expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(Unaudited)
Gross unpaid
losses and loss
expenses

 

(Unaudited)
Unpaid
losses and
loss expenses
recoverable

 

(Unaudited)
Net unpaid
losses
and loss
expenses

 

 

 


 


 


 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

20,531,607

 

$

(3,649,290

)

$

16,882,317

 

Losses and loss expenses incurred

 

 

2,483,975

 

 

(451,527

)

 

2,032,448

 

Losses and loss expenses paid/recovered

 

 

(2,385,734

)

 

478,170

 

 

(1,907,564

)

Foreign exchange and other

 

 

324,469

 

 

(40,697

)

 

283,772

 

 

 



 



 



 

Balance at June 30, 2011

 

$

20,954,317

 

$

(3,663,344

)

$

17,290,973

 

 

 



 



 



 

          While the Company reviews the adequacy of established reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses regularly, no assurance can be given that actual claims made and payments related thereto will not be in excess of the amounts reserved. In the future, if such reserves develop adversely, such deficiency would have a negative impact on future results of operations. See “Unpaid Losses and Loss Expenses” in Item 1, “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates,” in Item 7 and Item 8, Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, each included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 for further discussion.

Unpaid Losses and Loss Expenses Recoverable and Reinsurance Balances Receivable

          As a significant portion of the Company’s net premiums written incept in the first six months of the year, certain assets and liabilities have increased at June 30, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010. This includes deferred acquisition costs, unearned premiums, premiums receivable and prepaid reinsurance premiums.

          In the normal course of business, the Company seeks to reduce the potential amount of loss arising from claims events by reinsuring certain levels of risk assumed in various areas of exposure with other insurers or reinsurers. While reinsurance agreements are designed to limit the Company’s losses from large exposures and permit recovery of a portion of direct unpaid losses, reinsurance does not relieve the Company of its ultimate liability to its insureds. Accordingly, the loss and loss expense reserves on the balance sheet represent the Company’s total unpaid gross losses. Unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable relate to estimated reinsurance recoveries on the unpaid loss and loss expense reserves.

69


          Unpaid losses and loss expense recoverables were $3.7 billion at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, reinsurance balances receivable were $0.2 billion. The table below presents the Company’s net paid and unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable and reinsurance balances receivable at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(Unaudited)
June 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

Reinsurance balances receivable

 

$

185,338

 

$

225,129

 

Reinsurance recoverable on future policy benefits

 

 

21,702

 

 

22,597

 

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and loss expenses

 

 

3,719,146

 

 

3,717,405

 

Bad debt reserve on unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable and reinsurance balances receivable

 

 

(105,274

)

 

(121,917

)

 

 



 



 

Net paid and unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable and reinsurance balances receivable

 

$

3,820,912

 

$

3,843,214

 

 

 



 



 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Liquidity is a measure of the Company’s ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the short and long-term cash requirements of the Company’s business operations. As a global insurance and reinsurance company, one of the Company’s principal responsibilities to its clients is to ensure that the Company has ready access to funds with which to settle large unforeseen claims. The Company would generally expect that positive cash flow from operations (underwriting activities and investment income) will be sufficient to cover cash outflows under most future loss scenarios. However, there is a possibility that unforeseen demands could be placed on the Company due to extraordinary events and, as such, the Company’s liquidity needs may change. Such events include, among other things, several significant catastrophes occurring in a relatively short period of time resulting in material incurred losses; rating agency downgrades of the Company’s core insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries that would require posting of collateral in connection with the Company’s letter of credit and revolving credit facilities, return of unearned premium and/or the settlement of derivative transactions and large scale uncollectible reinsurance recoverables on paid losses (as a result of coverage disputes, reinsurers’ credit problems or decreases in the value of collateral supporting reinsurance recoverables), etc. Any one or a combination of such events may cause a liquidity strain for the Company. In addition, a liquidity strain could also occur in an illiquid market, such as that which was experienced in 2008. Investments that may be used to meet liquidity needs in the event of a liquidity strain may not be liquid, given inactive markets, or may have to be sold at a significant loss as a result of depressed prices. Because each subsidiary focuses on a more limited number of specific product lines than is collectively available from the consolidated group of companies, the mix of business tends to be less diverse at the subsidiary level. As a result, the probability of a liquidity strain, as described above, may be greater for individual subsidiaries than when liquidity is assessed on a consolidated basis. If such a liquidity strain were to occur in a subsidiary, XL-Ireland may be required to contribute capital to the particular subsidiary and/or curtail dividends from the subsidiary to support holding company operations, which may be difficult given that XL-Ireland is a holding company and has limited liquidity.

          A downgrade below “A–” of the Company’s principal insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries by either S&P or A.M. Best, which is two notches below the current S&P financial strength rating of “A” (Stable) and the A.M. Best financial strength rating of “A” (Stable) of these subsidiaries, may trigger cancellation provisions in a significant amount of the Company’s assumed reinsurance agreements and may potentially require the Company to return unearned premiums to cedants. In addition, due to collateral posting requirements under the Company’s letter of credit and revolving credit facilities, such a downgrade may require the posting of cash collateral in support of certain “in use” portions of these facilities. Specifically, a downgrade below “A–” by A.M. Best would trigger such collateral posting requirements for the Company’s largest credit facility. With respect to the Company’s secured letter of credit facility, such a downgrade may result in the sale of all or a portion of the collateral securitizing the credit facility. In addition, in certain limited instances, such downgrades may require the Company to return cash or assets to counterparties or to settle derivative and/or other transactions with the respective counterparties.

          Holding Company Liquidity

          As a holding company, XL-Ireland has no operations of its own and its assets consist primarily of its investments in its subsidiaries. Accordingly, XL-Ireland’s future cash flows largely depend on the availability of dividends or other statutorily permissible payments from its subsidiaries. The ability to pay such dividends is limited by the applicable laws and regulations of the various countries and states in which XL-Ireland’s subsidiaries operate, including, among others, Bermuda, the U.S., New York, Ireland, Switzerland and the U.K. See the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, Item 8, Note 25, “Statutory Financial Data,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion and details regarding the dividend capacity of the Company’s major operating subsidiaries. See also Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, “Risk Factors – Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints affect our ability to pay dividends, make payments on our debt securities and make other payments.” The ability to pay such dividends is also limited by the regulations of the Society of Lloyd’s and certain contractual provisions. No assurance can be given that the Company’s subsidiaries will pay dividends in the future to XL-Ireland.

70


          Under Irish law, the Company must have sufficient “profits available for distribution” in order to make distributions of cash or assets and redeem and buyback shares. At June 30, 2011, XL-Ireland had $4.6 billion in distributable reserves.

          At June 30, 2011, XL-Ireland and XL-Cayman held cash and investments, net of liabilities associated with cash sweeping arrangements, of $3.1 million and $1.8 billion, respectively, compared to $2.8 million and $1.7 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

          The Company’s principal uses of liquidity are for dividend payments to holders of its ordinary shares and preferred shares, interest and principal payments on debt, capital investments in its subsidiaries and corporate operating expenses.

          All outstanding debt of the Company at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was issued by XL-Cayman except for the $600 million par value 6.5% Guaranteed Senior Notes due January 2012 which were issued by XL Capital Finance (Europe) plc (“XLCFE”). Both XL-Cayman and XLCFE are wholly-owned subsidiaries of XL-Ireland. The XLCFE notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by XL-Switzerland. The Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries to satisfy any of its obligations under this guarantee is subject to certain contractual restrictions, applicable laws and statutory requirements of the various countries in which the Company operates, including, among others, Bermuda, the United States, Ireland, Switzerland and the U.K. Required statutory capital and surplus for the principal operating subsidiaries of the Company was $6.2 billion at December 31, 2010.

          XL-Ireland and its subsidiaries provide no guarantees or other commitments (express or implied) of financial support to the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates, except for such guarantees or commitments that are in writing.

          See also the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in Item 1, Financial Statements, above.

          Sources of Liquidity for the Company

          At June 30, 2011, the consolidated Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $2.9 billion as compared to approximately $3.0 billion at December 31, 2010. There are three main sources of cash flows for the Company – those provided by operations, investing activities and financing activities.

          Operating Cash Flows

          Historically, cash receipts from operations, consisting of premiums and investment income, generally have provided sufficient funds to pay losses as well as operating expenses of the Company’s subsidiaries and to fund dividends to XL-Ireland. However, as a result of the combination of current soft market conditions, the decision to put the Life segment and certain P&C lines into run-off and lower investment yields, operating cash flows are lower in 2011 than in the prior year. Cash receipts from operations is generally derived from the receipt of investment income on the Company’s investment portfolio as well as the net receipt of premiums less claims and expenses related to the Company’s underwriting activities in its P&C operations as well as its Life operations segment. The Company’s operating subsidiaries provide liquidity in that premiums are generally received months or even years before losses are paid under the policies related to such premiums. Premiums and acquisition expenses are settled based on terms of trade as stipulated by an underwriting contract, and generally are received within the first year of inception of a policy when the premium is written, but can be up to three years on certain reinsurance business assumed. Operating expenses are generally paid within a year of being incurred. Claims, especially for casualty business, may take a much longer time before they are reported and ultimately settled, requiring the establishment of reserves for unpaid losses and loss expenses. Therefore, the amount of claims paid in any one year is not necessarily related to the amount of net losses incurred, as reported in the consolidated statement of income.

          During the six months ended June 30, 2011, net cash flows provided by operating activities were $107.3 million compared to net cash flows provided by operating activities of $371.0 million for the same period in 2010. This reduction was primarily due to P&C net loss and loss expenses paid of $1.9 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2011, compared with $1.7 billion for the same period in 2010. This increase was due primarily to higher loss payments in the insurance segment in 2011 relating to the prior and current year catastrophes, other individual large property losses and excess casualty losses.

          Investing Cash Flows

          Generally, positive cash flow from operations and financing activities is invested in the Company’s investment portfolio, including affiliates or acquisition of subsidiaries.

          Net cash provided by investing activities was $84.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to net cash provided of $136.5 million for the same period in 2010. The 2011 cash inflow was mainly associated with normal purchase and sale of portfolio investments.

          Financing Cash Flows

          Cash flows related to financing activities include ordinary and preferred share related transactions, the payment of dividends, the issue or repayment of preferred ordinary shares and deposit liability transactions.

71


          On November 2, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a share buyback program, authorizing the Company to purchase up to $1.0 billion of its ordinary shares. During 2010, the Company purchased and cancelled 6.9 million ordinary shares under this program for $144.0 million. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled 7.3 million ordinary shares under this program for $165.6 million. During the second quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled 4.3 million ordinary shares under this program for $92.3 million. Between July 1 and August 2, 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled an additional 7.3 million ordinary shares for $157.7 million. All share buybacks were carried out by way of redemption in accordance with Irish law and the Company’s constitutional documents. All shares so redeemed were canceled upon redemption. At August 2, 2011, $440.4 million remained available to be used for purchases under this program.

          During the six months ended June 30, 2011, net cash flows used in financing activities were $414.1 million. Net cash outflows related primarily to the buybacks of the Company’s ordinary shares as outlined above, the payment of common and preferred dividends and the repayment of deposit liabilities. For more information on the buybacks of the Company’s shares please see Item 1, Note 7 to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, “Share Capital.”

          In addition, the Company maintains letter of credit facilities which provide liquidity. Details of these facilities are described below in “Capital Resources.”

          Capital Resources

          At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had total shareholders’ equity of $10.6 billion. In addition to ordinary share capital, the Company depends on external sources of financing to support its underwriting activities in the form of:

 

 

 

 

a.

debt;

 

 

 

 

b.

preference shares;

 

 

 

 

c.

contingent capital; and

 

 

 

 

d.

letter of credit facilities and other sources of collateral.

          In particular, the Company requires, among other things:

 

 

 

 

sufficient capital to maintain its financial strength and credit ratings, as issued by several ratings agencies, at levels considered necessary by management to enable the Company’s key operating subsidiaries to compete;

 

 

 

 

sufficient capital to enable its regulated subsidiaries to meet the regulatory capital levels required in the U.S., the U.K., Bermuda, Ireland, Switzerland and other key markets;

 

 

 

 

letters of credit and other forms of collateral that are required to be posted or deposited, as the case may be, by the Company’s operating subsidiaries that are “non-admitted” under U.S. state insurance regulations in order for the U.S. cedant to receive statutory credit for reinsurance. The Company also uses letters of credit to support its operations at Lloyd’s; and

 

 

 

 

revolving credit to meet short-term liquidity needs.

          The following risks are associated with the Company’s requirement to renew its credit facilities:

 

 

 

 

the credit available from banks may be reduced resulting in the Company’s need to pledge its investment portfolio to customers, in lieu of providing letters of credit. This could result in a lower investment yield;

 

 

 

 

the Company may be downgraded by one or more rating agencies, which could materially and negatively impact the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and/or liquidity; and;

 

 

 

 

the volume of business that the Company’s subsidiaries that are not admitted in the U.S. are able to transact could be reduced if the Company is unable to renew its letter of credit facilities at appropriate amounts.

          Continued consolidation within the banking industry may result in the aggregate amount of credit provided to the Company being reduced. The Company attempts to mitigate this risk by identifying and/or selecting additional banks that can participate in the credit facilities upon renewal.

72


          The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s current capital resources at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(Unaudited)
June 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares

 

$

71,150

 

$

71,900

 

Series E preference ordinary shares

 

 

999,500

 

 

1,000,000

 

Ordinary share capital

 

 

9,628,231

 

 

9,613,049

 

 

 



 



 

Total ordinary and non-controlling interests capital

 

$

10,698,881

 

$

10,684,949

 

Notes payable and debt

 

 

2,447,234

 

 

2,446,735

 

 

 



 



 

Total capital

 

$

13,146,115

 

$

13,131,684

 

 

 



 



 

          Ordinary Share Capital

          The following table reconciles the opening and closing ordinary share equity positions for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(Unaudited)
June 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

 

 


 


 

Ordinary share equity – beginning of period

 

$

9,613,049

 

$

8,432,417

 

Net income (loss) attributable to XL Group plc

 

 

(1,621

)

 

603,550

 

Share buybacks

 

 

(258,903

)

 

(521,920

)

Share issues

 

 

979

 

 

1,109

 

Common share dividends

 

 

(68,529

)

 

(134,238

)

Preferred share dividends

 

 

 

 

(34,694

)

Gain on redemption of Series C preference ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

16,616

 

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

322,176

 

 

1,243,262

 

Impact of adoption of new authoritative embedded derivative guidance, net of tax

 

 

 

 

(31,917

)

Share based compensation and other

 

 

21,080

 

 

38,864

 

 

 



 



 

Ordinary share equity – end of period

 

$

9,628,231

 

$

9,613,049

 

 

 



 



 

          Debt

          The following table presents the Company’s debt under outstanding securities and lenders’ commitments at June 30, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Notes Payable and Debt
(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Commitment/
Debt

 

In Use/
Outstanding

 

Year of
Expiry

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1 to 3
Years

 

3 to 5
Years

 

After 5
Years

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

5-year revolver

 

$

750,000

 

$

 

 

2012

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

6.50% Guaranteed Senior Notes

 

 

600,000

 

 

599,826

 

 

2012

 

 

600,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.25% Senior Notes

 

 

600,000

 

 

597,910

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

600,000

 

 

 

8.25% Senior Notes

 

 

575,000

 

 

575,000

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

575,000

 

6.375% Senior Notes

 

 

350,000

 

 

350,000

 

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

350,000

 

6.25% Senior Notes

 

 

325,000

 

 

324,498

 

 

2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

325,000

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

$

3,200,000

 

$

2,447,234

 

 

 

 

$

600,000

 

$

 

$

600,000

 

$

1,250,000

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to carrying value – impact of fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

14,192

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

 

 

$

2,461,426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          “In Use/Outstanding” data represent June 30, 2011 accreted values. “Payments Due by Period” data represent ultimate redemption values.

          In addition, see Item 1, Note 15, “Notes Payable and Debt and Financing Arrangements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 for further information.

          At June 30, 2011, banks and investors provided the Company and its subsidiaries with $3.2 billion of debt capacity, of which $2.5 billion was utilized by the Company. These facilities consist of:

 

 

 

 

a revolving credit facility of $750 million.

 

 

 

 

senior unsecured notes of approximately $2.5 billion. These notes require the Company to pay a fixed rate of interest during their terms. At June 30, 2011, there were five outstanding issues of senior unsecured notes:

73



 

 

 

 

 

 

$600 million senior notes due January 2012, with a fixed coupon of 6.5%. The security is publicly traded. The notes were issued at 99.469% and gross proceeds were $596.8 million. Related expenses of the offering amounted to $7.9 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

$600 million senior notes due September 2014, with a fixed coupon of 5.25%. The security is publicly traded. The notes were issued in two tranches of $300 million aggregate principal amount each – one tranche at 99.432% and the other at 98.419%. Aggregate gross proceeds were $593.6 million. Related expenses of the offering amounted to $4 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

$575 million of senior notes due August 2021, with a fixed coupon of 8.25%. These securities are a component of the 10.75% Units that are publicly traded. In addition to the coupon paid on the senior notes, quarterly contract adjustment payments at an annual rate of 2.50% per annum are paid on forward purchase contracts for the Company’s ordinary shares for a total distribution of 10.75% per annum. The purchase contracts mature in August 2011, and the senior notes mature in 2021. On July 22, 2011, XL-Switzerland entered into a remarketing agreement relating to the senior notes. See “Other Key Focuses of Management – Capital Management” and Item 1, Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Notes Payable and Debt Financing Arrangements” herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

$350 million senior notes due November 2024, with a fixed coupon of 6.375%. The security is publicly traded. The notes were issued at 100.0% and gross proceeds were $350 million. Related expenses of the offering amounted to $2 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

$325 million of senior notes due 2027, with a fixed coupon of 6.25%. The security is publicly traded. The notes were issued at 99.805% and gross proceeds were $324.4 million. Related expenses of the offering amounted to $2.5 million.

          Preferred Shares and Non-controlling Interest in Equity of Consolidated Subsidiaries

          Neither the Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares nor the Series E preference ordinary shares were transferred from XL-Cayman to XL-Ireland in the Redomestication. Accordingly, subsequent to July 1, 2010, these instruments represent non-controlling interests in the consolidated financial statements of the Company and have been reclassified to non-controlling interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries. See Note 1, “Basis of Preparation and Consolidation” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. At June 30, 2011, the face value of the outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares was $71.2 million and the face value of the outstanding Series E preference ordinary shares was $1 billion.

          On July 18, 2011, XL-Cayman initiated a cash tender offer for any and all of its 2,876,000 outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation preference value of $25.00 per share.

          On February 16, 2011, the Company repurchased 30,000 of the outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation value of $0.75 million for $0.65 million. In addition, the Company repurchased 500 of the outstanding Series E preference ordinary shares with a liquidation value of $0.50 million for $0.47 million. As a result of these repurchases, the Company recorded a reduction in Non-controlling interests of approximately $0.13 million in the first quarter of 2011.

          On February 12, 2010, the Company repurchased approximately 4.4 million Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares with a liquidation value of $110.8 million for approximately $94.2 million, which was a portion of its outstanding Redeemable Series C preference ordinary shares. As a result, a book value gain of approximately $16.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of 2010 to ordinary shareholders.

          Contingent Capital

          At June 30, 2011, the Company has one contingent capital transaction where the outstanding put option has not been exercised. No up-front proceeds were received by the Company under this transaction. In the event that the associated irrevocable put option agreement is exercised, proceeds previously raised from investors from the issuance of pass-through trust securities would be received in return for the issuance by XL-Cayman of preferred shares. See below for further details on this transaction.

          On December 5, 2006, the Company and certain operating subsidiaries (“Ceding Insurers”) entered into a securities issuance agreement (the “Securities Issuance Agreement”), and certain of the Company’s foreign insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries (“Ceding Insurers”) entered into an excess of loss reinsurance agreement (the “Reinsurance Agreement”), with Stoneheath Re (“Stoneheath”). The net effect of these agreements to the Company is the creation of a contingent put option to issue $350.0 million of preference ordinary shares in the aggregate. The agreements provide the Company with a Reinsurance Collateral Account in support of certain covered perils named in the Reinsurance Agreement. The covered perils include United States wind, European wind, California earthquake and terrorism worldwide. After an initial three-month period, the covered perils as well as the attachment points and aggregate retention amounts may be changed by the Ceding Insurers in their sole discretion. This may result in a material increase or decrease in the likelihood of payment under the Reinsurance Agreement. On each date on which a Ceding Insurer withdraws funds from the Reinsurance Collateral Account, the Company must issue and deliver to Stoneheath an amount of XL-Cayman Series D Preference Shares (the “XL Preferred Securities”) having an aggregate liquidation preference that is equal to the amount of funds so withdrawn from the Collateral Account. The Company is obligated to reimburse Stoneheath for certain fees and ordinary expenses. The initial term of the Reinsurance Agreement was for the period from the Closing Date through June 30, 2007, with four annual mandatory extensions through June 30, 2011 (unless coverage is exhausted thereunder prior to such date). The Ceding Insurers could thereafter extend the Reinsurance Agreement at their option for additional calendar quarters without limit (unless coverage is exhausted thereunder). In June 2011, the Reinsurance Agreement was extended one calendar quarter to September 30, 2011. The contingent put option is recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. The XL Preferred Securities, if issued, will pay dividends on a non-cumulative basis at a fixed rate of 6.868% per annum through October 15, 2011 and thereafter at a floating rate based on 3-month LIBOR, plus 3.12%.

74


          Letter of Credit Facilities and other sources of collateral

          At June 30, 2011, the Company had six letter of credit facilities in place with total availability of $5.0 billion, of which $2.0 billion was utilized.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Commitment
Expiration per period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Other Commercial
Commitments

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Commitment

 

In Use

 

Year of
Expiry

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1 to 3
Years

 

3 to 5
Years

 

After 5
Years

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

$

250,000

 

 

116,339

 

Continuous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of Credit Facility (1)

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

1,524,867

 

2012

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of Credit Facility (2)

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

 

21

 

 

21

 

Continuous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

 

75

 

 

75

 

Continuous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of Credit Facility

 

 

750,000

 

 

404,992

 

Continuous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Six letter of credit facilities

 

$

5,000,096

 

$

2,046,294

 

 

 

$

3,000,000

 

$

1,000,000

 

$

 

$

 

 

 



 



 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

This letter of credit facility includes $750 million that is also included in the “5-year revolver” listed under Notes Payable and Debt.

 

 

(2)

The Company has the option to increase the size of this facility by an additional $500 million.

          On March 25, 2011, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a secured credit agreement (the “2011 Credit Agreement”) that currently provides for issuance of letters of credit up to $1 billion. Concurrent with the effectiveness of the 2011 Credit Agreement, the commitments of the lenders under the existing five-year credit agreement dated June 21, 2007 were reduced from $4 billion to $3 billion. The commitments under the 2011 Credit Agreement will expire on, and the credit facility is available on a continuous basis until the earlier of (i) March 25, 2014 and (ii) the date of termination in whole of the commitments upon an optional termination or reduction of the commitments by the account parties or upon an event of default.

          In the event that such credit support is insufficient, the Company could be required to provide alternative security to cedants. This could take the form of insurance trusts supported by the Company’s investment portfolio or funds withheld (amounts retained by ceding companies to collateralize loss or premium reserves) using the Company’s cash resources or combinations thereof. The face amount of letters of credit required is driven by, among other things, loss development of existing reserves, the payment pattern of such reserves, the expansion of business written by the Company and the loss experience of such business. In addition to letters of credit, the Company has established insurance trusts in the United States that provide cedants with statutory credit for reinsurance under state insurance regulation in the United States.

          The Company reviews current and projected collateral requirements on a regular basis, as well as new sources of collateral. Management’s objective is to maintain an excess amount of collateral sources over expected uses. The Company also reviews its liquidity needs on a regular basis.

          Other

          For information regarding cross-default and certain other provisions in the Company’s debt and convertible securities documents, see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Cross-Default and Other Provisions in Debt Instruments,” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2011.

          See Part II, Item 2, “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds,” below.

          Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

          The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (“PSLRA”) provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements. Any prospectus, prospectus supplement, the Company’s Annual Report to ordinary shareholders, any proxy statement, any other Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K of the Company or any other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of the Company may include forward-looking statements that reflect the Company’s current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Such statements include forward-looking statements both with respect to the Company in general, and to the insurance and reinsurance sectors in particular (both as to underwriting and investment matters). Statements that include the words “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “project,” “anticipate,” “will,” “may” and similar statements of a future or forward-looking nature identify forward-looking statements for purposes of the PSLRA or otherwise.

75


All forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated in such statements. The Company believes that these factors include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) changes in the size of the Company’s claims relating to natural or man-made catastrophe losses due to the preliminary nature of some reports and estimates of loss and damage to date; (ii) trends in rates for property and casualty insurance and reinsurance; (iii) the timely and full recoverability of reinsurance placed by the Company with third parties, or other amounts due to the Company; (iv) changes in ratings, rating agency policies or practices; (v) changes in the projected amount of ceded reinsurance recoverables and the ratings and creditworthiness of reinsurers; (vi) the timing of claims payments being faster or the receipt of reinsurance recoverables being slower than anticipated by the Company; (vii) the Company’s ability to successfully implement its business strategy especially during the “soft” market cycle; (viii) increased competition on the basis of pricing, capacity, coverage terms or other factors, which could harm the Company’s ability to maintain or increase its business volumes or profitability; (ix) greater frequency or severity of claims and loss activity than the Company’s underwriting, reserving or investment practices anticipate based on historical experience or industry data; (x) the effects of inflation on the Company’s business, including on pricing and reserving; (xi) developments, including uncertainties related to the depth and duration of the current recession, and future volatility, in the world’s credit, financial and capital markets that adversely affect the performance and valuation of the Company’s investments or access to such markets; (xii) the impact of a possible downgrade of U.S. securities by credit rating agencies, and the resulting effect on the value of securities (i) in our investment portfolio and (ii) posted as collateral by and to us; (xiii) the potential impact on the Company from government-mandated insurance coverage for acts of terrorism; (xiv) the potential for changes to methodologies, estimations and assumptions that underlie the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments that could result in changes to investment valuations; (xv) changes to the Company’s assessment as to whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, or has the intent to sell, available for sale debt securities before their anticipated recovery; (xvi) availability of borrowings and letters of credit under the Company’s credit facilities; (xvii) the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to pay dividends to XL Group plc; (xviii) the potential effect of regulatory developments in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates, including those which could impact the financial markets or increase the Company’s business costs and required capital levels; (xix) changes in regulation or laws applicable to XL Group plc or its subsidiaries, brokers or customers; (xx) acceptance of the Company’s products and services, including new products and services; (xxi) changes in the availability, cost or quality of reinsurance; (xxii) changes in the distribution or placement of risks due to increased consolidation of insurance and reinsurance brokers; (xxiii) loss of key personnel; (xxiv) changes in accounting policies or practices or the application thereof; (xxv) legislative or regulatory developments including, but not limited to, changes in regulatory capital balances that must be maintained by the Company’s operating subsidiaries and governmental actions for the purpose of stabilizing the financial markets; (xxvi) the effects of mergers, acquisitions and divestitures; (xxvii) developments related to bankruptcies of companies insofar as they affect property and casualty insurance and reinsurance coverages or claims that the Company may have as a counterparty; (xxviii) changes in general economic conditions, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign currency exchange rates and other factors; (xxix) changes in applicable tax laws, tax treaties or tax regulations or the interpretation or enforcement thereof; (xxx) the effects of business disruption or economic contraction due to war, terrorism or other hostilities; and (xxxi) the other factors set forth in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” herein and the Company’s other documents on file with the SEC. The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included herein or elsewhere. The Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by the federal securities laws.

76



 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 3.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK


 

 

          Except as described below, there have been no material changes in the Company’s market risk exposures or how those exposures are managed since December 31, 2010. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” presented under Item 7A of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          The Company has established Risk Governance processes by which oversight and decision-making authorities with respect to risks are granted to individuals and strategies within the enterprise. The Company’s governance framework establishes accountabilities for tasks and outcomes as well as escalation criteria. Governance processes are designed to ensure that transactions and activities, individually and in the aggregate, are carried out in accordance with the Company’s risk policies, philosophies, appetites, limits and risk concentrations, and in a manner consistent with expectations of excellence of integrity, accountability and client service.

          Market risk represents the potential for loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments. The Company is principally exposed to the following market risks: interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk, equity price risk, credit risk, and other related market risks.

          The majority of the Company’s market risk arises from its investment portfolio, which consists of fixed income securities, alternative investments, public equities, private investments, derivatives, other investments, and cash, denominated in both U.S. and foreign currencies, which are sensitive to changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign currency exchange rates and other related market risks. The Company’s fixed income and equity securities are generally classified as available for sale, and, as such, changes in interest rates, credit spreads on corporate and structured credit, equity prices, foreign currency exchange rates or other related market instruments will have an immediate effect on comprehensive income and shareholders’ equity but will not ordinarily have an immediate effect on net income. Nevertheless, changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices and other related market instruments affect consolidated net income when, and if, a security is sold or impaired.

          On a limited basis, the Company enters into derivatives and other financial instruments primarily for risk management purposes. The Company uses derivatives to hedge foreign exchange and interest rate risk related to its consolidated net exposures. From time to time, the Company also uses investment derivative instruments such as futures, options, interest rate swaps, credit default swaps and foreign currency forward contracts to manage the duration of its investment portfolio and foreign currency exposures and also to obtain exposure to a particular financial market. Historically, the Company entered into credit derivatives outside of the investment portfolio in conjunction with the Company’s previous financial lines businesses. The Company attempts to manage the risks associated with derivative use with guidelines established by senior management. Derivative instruments are carried at fair value with the resulting changes in fair value recognized in income in the period in which they occur. For further information, see Item 1, Note 6, “Derivative Instruments,” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

          This risk management discussion and the estimated amounts generated from the sensitivity and value at risk (“VaR”) analyses for the investment portfolio presented in this document are forward-looking statements of market risk assuming certain adverse market conditions occur. Actual results in the future may differ materially from these estimated results due to, among other things, actual developments in the global financial markets and changes in the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio. The results of analysis used by the Company to assess and mitigate risk should not be considered projections of future events of losses. See generally “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” in Item 2.

Interest Rate Risk

          The Company’s fixed income portfolio is exposed to interest rate risk. Interest rate risk is the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates. The Company manages interest rate risk within the context of its overall asset liability management strategy by setting duration targets for its investment portfolio in line with the estimated duration of its liabilities, thus mitigating the overall economic effect of interest rate risk and within the constraints of the Company’s risk appetite. Nevertheless, the Company remains exposed to interest rate risk with respect to the Company’s overall net asset position and more generally from an accounting standpoint since the assets are marked to market, thus subject to market conditions, while liabilities are accrued at a static rate.

          In addition, while the Company’s debt is not carried at fair value and not adjusted for market changes, changes in market interest rates could have an impact on debt values at the time of refinancing.

77


Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

          Many of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries maintain both assets and liabilities in local currencies; therefore, foreign exchange risk is generally limited to net assets denominated in foreign currencies.

          Foreign currency exchange rate gains and losses in the Company’s Statement of Income arise for accounting purposes when net assets or liabilities are denominated in foreign currencies that differ from the functional currency of those subsidiaries. While unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses on underwriting balances are reported in earnings, the offsetting unrealized gains and losses on invested assets are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, to the extent that the asset currency does not match that entity’s functional currency. This results in an accounting mismatch that will result in foreign exchange gains or losses in the consolidated statements of income depending on the movement in certain currencies. In order to improve administrative efficiencies as well as to address this accounting imbalance, the Company formed several branches with Euro and U.K. sterling functional currencies. Management continues to focus on attempting to limit this type of exposure in the future.

          Foreign currency exchange rate risk in general is reviewed as part of the Company’s risk management process. Within its asset liability framework for the investment portfolio, the Company pursues a general policy of holding the assets and liabilities in the same currency and, as such, the Company is typically not exposed to the risks associated with foreign exchange movements within its investment portfolio as currency impacts on the assets are generally matched by corresponding impacts on the related liabilities. Foreign exchange contracts within the investment portfolio are utilized to manage individual portfolio foreign exchange exposures, subject to investment management service providers’ guidelines established by management. These contracts are generally not designated as specific hedges for financial reporting purposes and, therefore, realized and unrealized gains and losses on these contracts are recorded in income in the period in which they occur. These contracts generally have maturities of three months or less. The Company also attempts to manage the foreign exchange volatility arising on certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies. These include, but are not limited to, premiums receivable, reinsurance contracts, claims payable and investments in subsidiaries.

          The principal currencies creating foreign exchange risk for the Company are the U.K. sterling, the Euro, the Swiss Franc and the Canadian dollar. The following tables provide more information on the Company’s exposure to foreign exchange rate risk at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011
(Foreign Currency in millions)

 

Euro

 

U.K. Sterling

 

Swiss Franc

 

Canadian
Dollar

 











Net exposure to key foreign currencies

 

123.6

 

21.4

 

178.2

 

288.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010
(Foreign Currency in millions)

 

Euro

 

U.K. Sterling

 

Swiss Franc

 

Canadian
Dollar

 











Net exposure to key foreign currencies

 

90.3

 

2.1

 

268.4

 

247.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 











Credit Risk

          The Company is exposed to direct credit risk within its investment portfolio as well as through general counterparties, including customers and reinsurers. Credit risk relates to the uncertainty of an obligor’s continued ability to make timely payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument or contract. The Company manages credit risk through established investment credit policies that address the quality of obligors and counterparties, industry limits, and diversification requirements. The Company’s exposure to market credit spreads primarily relates to market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in credit spreads.

          Certain of the Company’s underwriting activities expose it to indirect credit risk in that profitability of certain strategies can correlate with credit events at the issuer level, industry level or country level. The Company manages these risks through established underwriting policies that operate in accordance with established limit and escalation frameworks.

Credit Risk – Investment Portfolio

          Credit risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the creditworthiness of individual investment holdings, issuers, groups of issuers, industries and countries. A widening of credit spreads will increase the net unrealized loss position, will increase losses associated with credit based non-qualifying derivatives where the Company assumes credit exposure, and, if issuer credit spreads increase significantly or for an extended period of time, would likely result in higher other-than-temporary impairments. All else held equal, credit spread tightening will reduce net investment income associated with new purchases of fixed maturities. In addition, market volatility can make it difficult to value certain of the Company’s securities if trading becomes less frequent. As such, valuations may include assumptions or estimates that may have significant period to period changes that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

          The table below shows the Company’s aggregate fixed income portfolio by credit rating in percentage terms of the Company’s aggregate fixed income exposure (including fixed maturities, short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents and net payable for investments purchased) at June 30, 2011.

78



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of
Aggregate Fixed
Income Portfolio

 

 

 


 

AAA

 

 

51.9

%

AA

 

 

15.7

%

A

 

 

22.3

%

BBB

 

 

7.2

%

BB & below

 

 

2.9

%

 

 



 

Total (1)

 

 

100.0

%


 

 


(1)

Included in the above are $491.3 million or 1.4% of the portfolio that represents medium term notes rated at the average credit rating of the underlying asset pools backing the notes.

(2)

The credit rating for each asset reflected above was principally determined based on the weighted average rating of the individual securities from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.

          At June 30, 2011, the average credit quality of the Company’s aggregate fixed income investment portfolio was “AA,” excluding operating cash.

          The Company is closely monitoring its corporate financial bond holdings given the events of the past three years. The table below summarizes the Company’s significant exposures (defined as bonds issued by financial institutions with an amortized cost in excess of $50.0 million) to corporate bonds of financial issuers held within its available for sale and held to maturity investment portfolio at June 30, 2011, representing both amortized cost and net unrealized gains (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer (by Global Ultimate Parent)

 

Amortized Cost
June 30, 2011
(1)

 

Unrealized Gain/
(Loss)
June 30, 2011

 


 


 


 

Rabobank Nederland NV

 

$

191.9

 

$

(0.6

)

Bank of America Corporation

 

 

162.3

 

 

(0.3

)

Lloyds Banking Group plc

 

 

155.2

 

 

2.9

 

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

 

 

146.4

 

 

(0.3

)

HSBC Holdings plc

 

 

135.1

 

 

(3.6

)

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

 

 

128.9

 

 

(4.3

)

Citigroup Inc.

 

 

118.0

 

 

(0.5

)

Morgan Stanley

 

 

113.4

 

 

1.2

 

BNP Paribas

 

 

112.4

 

 

(2.9

)

National Australia Bank Limited

 

 

112.3

 

 

(1.3

)

Barclays plc

 

 

108.3

 

 

(18.3

)

The Bank Of Nova Scotia

 

 

107.0

 

 

2.1

 

Wells Fargo & Company

 

 

97.4

 

 

0.9

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

97.2

 

 

1.2

 

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

 

 

95.8

 

 

0.4

 

Credit Suisse Group AG

 

 

90.4

 

 

0.4

 

Aviva plc

 

 

82.4

 

 

(12.9

)

Canadian Imperial Bank Of Commerce

 

 

82.3

 

 

1.2

 

Standard Chartered plc

 

 

76.2

 

 

(1.1

)

UBS AG

 

 

75.9

 

 

(0.1

)

Nationwide Building Society

 

 

70.5

 

 

(5.8

)

RFS Holdings B.V.

 

 

70.0

 

 

2.5

 

Nordea Bank AB

 

 

69.6

 

 

(1.0

)

U.S. Bancorp

 

 

68.3

 

 

(0.5

)

The Bank Of New York Mellon Corporation

 

 

67.1

 

 

1.2

 

BPCE

 

 

66.9

 

 

(0.7

)

Royal Bank Of Canada

 

 

63.7

 

 

1.0

 

Commonwealth Bank Of Australia

 

 

60.7

 

 

(0.4

)

Bank of Montreal

 

 

60.0

 

 

1.7

 

Legal & General Group plc

 

 

58.2

 

 

(4.2

)

Svenska Handelsbanken AB

 

 

55.9

 

 

(1.7

)

Danske Bank A/S

 

 

55.6

 

 

(6.5

)

H M Government Cabinet Office (Northern Rock Plc)

 

 

54.3

 

 

(1.0

)

Metlife, Inc.

 

 

52.3

 

 

2.6

 


 

 


(1)

Government-guaranteed paper has been excluded from the above figures. Included within all financial bond exposures are covered bonds with a fair value of $412.7 million and amortized cost of $406.8 million.

79


          Within the Company’s corporate financial bond holdings, the Company is further monitoring its exposures to hybrid securities, representing Tier One and Upper Tier Two securities of various financial institutions. The following table summarizes the top ten exposures to hybrid securities, listed by amortized cost representing both amortized cost and unrealized (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuer (by Global Ultimate Parent)

 

Tier One
Amortized Cost
June 30, 2011

 

Upper Tier Two
Amortized Cost
June 30, 2011

 

Total
Amortized Cost
June 30, 2011

 

Net Unrealized
(Loss)
June 30, 2011

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Barclays, Plc

 

$

45.7

 

$

59.9

 

$

105.6

 

$

(18.3

)

Aviva PLC.

 

 

5.8

 

 

55.3

 

 

61.1

 

 

(10.7

)

Danske Bank A/S

 

 

35.1

 

 

20.7

 

 

55.8

 

 

(6.7

)

Assicurazioni Generali S.P.A

 

 

43.1

 

 

 

 

43.1

 

 

(7.8

)

BNP Paribas

 

 

28.8

 

 

 

 

28.8

 

 

(2.7

)

HSBC Holdings PLC

 

 

28.3

 

 

 

 

28.3

 

 

(2.8

)

Zurich Financial Services AG

 

 

 

 

26.6

 

 

26.6

 

 

(1.6

)

Rabobank Nederland NV

 

 

16.8

 

 

 

 

16.8

 

 

(2.0

)

Nordea Bank AB

 

 

 

 

15.9

 

 

15.9

 

 

(0.4

)

Caisse Federale De Credit Mutuel

 

 

6.8

 

 

 

 

6.8

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

210.4

 

$

178.4

 

$

388.8

 

$

(53.7

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

          At June 30, 2011, the top 10 corporate bond holdings listed below represent the direct exposure to the corporations listed below, including their subsidiaries, and excludes any securitized, credit enhanced and collateralized asset or mortgage-backed securities, cash and cash equivalents, pooled notes and any OTC derivative counterparty exposure, if applicable.

 

 

 

Top 10 Corporate Holdings (1)

 

Percentage of Aggregate
Fixed Income Portfolio (2)


 


Pfizer Inc.

 

0.6%

Wal-Mart Stores Inc.

 

0.6%

General Electric Company

 

0.5%

AT&T Inc.

 

0.5%

The Proctor & Gamble Company

 

0.5%

Glaxosmithkline PLC

 

0.4%

BP P.L.C.

 

0.4%

Pepsico, Inc.

 

0.4%

Novartis AG.

 

0.4%

Glaxosmithkline PLC

 

0.4%


 

 


(1)

Corporate issuers exclude government-backed, government-sponsored enterprises and cash and cash equivalents.

 

 

(2)

Includes fixed maturities, short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents and net payable for investments purchased and excludes government-guaranteed paper.

          At June 30, 2011, the top 5 corporate bond sector exposures listed below represented 29.0% of the aggregate fixed income investment portfolio and 78.6% of all corporate holdings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Top 5 Sector Exposures

 

 

Fair Value

 

Percentage of
Aggregate
Fixed Income
Portfolio

 


 

 


 


 

Financials (1)

 

$

4,379.3

 

 

12.9

%

Consumer, Non-Cyclical

 

 

2,232.1

 

 

6.6

%

Utilities

 

 

1,376.6

 

 

4.1

%

Communications

 

 

929.2

 

 

2.7

%

Energy

 

 

907.8

 

 

2.7

%

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

9,825.0

 

 

29.0

%

 

 



 



 


 

 


(1)

Government-guaranteed paper has been excluded from the above figures.

80


          Within the Company’s fixed income portfolios, the Company is further monitoring its exposures to holdings representing risk in certain Eurozone countries. In particular, the Company has government holdings of $28.0 million, corporate holdings of $300.1 million and structured credit holdings totaling $4.2 million in Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain. The corporate holdings primarily consist of multinationals with low reliance on local economics and systemically important industries such as utilities and telecoms.

          The Company also has exposure to market movement related to credit risk associated with its mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The table below shows the breakdown of the $9.7 billion structured credit portfolio, of which 79.0% is AAA rated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 

Fair Value

 

Percentage of
Structured Portfolio

 

 

 


 


 

CMBS

 

$

1,146.4

 

 

11.8

%

Non-Agency RMBS

 

 

858.5

 

 

8.8

%

Core CDO (non-ABS CDOs and CLOs)

 

 

733.8

 

 

7.5

%

Other ABS

 

 

1,312.6

 

 

13.5

%

Agency RMBS

 

 

5,697.7

 

 

58.4

%

 

 



 



 

Total

 

$

9,749.0

 

 

100.0

%

 

 



 



 

Credit Risk – Other

          Credit derivatives are purchased within the Company’s investment portfolio, have been sold through a limited number of contracts written as part of the Company’s previous financial lines businesses, and were previously entered into through the Company’s prior reinsurance agreements with Syncora, as described below. From time to time, the Company may purchase credit default swaps to hedge an existing position or concentration of holdings. The credit derivatives are recorded at fair value. For further details with respect to the Company’s exposure to Credit derivatives see Item 1, Note 6, “Derivative Instruments,” to the Company’s Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements herein.

          The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, alternatives and other investment funds and other institutions. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of default of the Company’s counterparty. In addition, with respect to secured transactions, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be sold or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure that is due. The Company also has exposure to financial institutions in the form of unsecured debt instruments, derivative transactions, revolving credit facility and letter of credit commitments and equity investments. There can be no assurance that any such losses or impairments to the carrying value of these assets would not materially and adversely affect the Company’s business and results of operations.

          With regards to unpaid losses and loss expenses recoverable and reinsurance balances receivable, the Company has credit risk should any of its reinsurers be unable or unwilling to settle amounts due to the Company; however, these exposures are not marked to market. For further information relating to reinsurer credit risk, see Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Unpaid Losses and Loss Expenses Recoverable and Reinsurance Balances Receivable.”

          The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by the other parties to its derivative instruments in general; however, the Company does not anticipate non-performance. The difference between the notional principal amounts and the associated market value is the Company’s maximum credit exposure.

Equity Price Risk

          The Company’s equity investment portfolio as well as other investments, primarily representing certain derivatives and certain affiliate investments, are exposed to mark to market movements associated with equity price risk. Equity price risk is the potential loss arising from changes in the market value of equities. At June 30, 2011, the Company’s equity portfolio was approximately $318.7 million as compared to $84.8 million at December 31, 2010. This excludes fixed income fund investments that generally do not have the risk characteristics of equity investments. At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company’s direct allocation to equity securities was 0.9% and 0.3%, respectively, of the total investment portfolio (including cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income and net receivable/(payable) for investments sold/(purchased)). The Company also estimates the equity risk embedded in certain alternative and private investments. Such estimates are derived from market exposures provided to the Company by certain individual fund investments and/or internal statistical analyses.

Other Market Risks

          The Company’s private investment portfolio is invested in limited partnerships and other entities that are not publicly traded. In addition to normal market risks, these positions may also be exposed to liquidity risk, risks related to distressed investments and

81


risks specific to startup or small companies. At June 30, 2011, the Company’s exposure to private investments was $312.8 million, as compared to $331.7 million at December 31, 2010.

          The Company’s alternative investment portfolio, which is exposed to equity and credit risk as well as certain other market risks, had a total exposure of $977.0 million making up approximately 2.7% of the total investment portfolio (including cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income and net payable for investments purchased) at June 30, 2011, as compared to December 31, 2010, where the Company had a total exposure of $933.5 million representing approximately 2.8% of the total investment portfolio.

          At June 30, 2011, bond and stock index futures outstanding had a net long position of $50.1 million as compared to a net long position of $14.1 million at December 31, 2010. The Company may reduce its exposure to these futures through offsetting transactions, including options and forwards.

          As noted above, the Company also invests in certain derivative positions which can be impacted by market value movements. For further details on derivative instruments see Item 1, Note 6, “Derivative Instruments,” to the Company’s Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements herein.

Sensitivity and Value-at-Risk Analysis

          The table below summarizes the Company’s assessment of the estimated impact on the value of the Company’s investment portfolio at June 30, 2011 associated with an immediate and hypothetical: +100bps increase in interest rates, a -10% decline in equity markets, a +100bps widening in spreads and a +10% widening in spreads. The table also reports the 95%, 1-year VaRs for the Company’s investment portfolios at June 30, 2011, excluding foreign exchange.

          The interest rate, spread risk, and VaR referenced in the table below include the impact of market movements on the Company’s held to maturity fixed maturities from the Company’s Life investment portfolios. While the market value of these holdings is sensitive to prevailing interest rates and credit spreads, the Company’s book value is not impacted as these holdings are carried at amortized cost. At June 30, 2011, if the Company were to exclude these impacts of the Life investment portfolios, the table below would be adjusted to reflect the following reductions: the interest rate risk would be reduced by approximately $283.8 million, absolute spread risk would be reduced by approximately $195.2 million, relative spread risk would be reduced by approximately $19.1 million, and VaR would be reduced by approximately $229.6 million.

          The table below excludes the impact of foreign exchange rate risk on the investment portfolio. The investment portfolio is generally managed on an asset-liability matched basis, and, accordingly, foreign exchange movements typically impact the assets and liabilities equally. See “Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk” for further details. The Company considers that the investment portfolio VaR estimated results as well as P&C and Life investment portfolios VaR estimated results excluding foreign exchange rate risk are the more relevant and appropriate metrics to consider when assessing the actual risk of the portfolio.

          The estimated results below also do not include any risk contributions from our various operating affiliates (strategic, investment manager or financial operating affiliates) or certain other investments that are carried at amortized cost.

82



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

 

Interest
Rate
Risk(1)

 

Equity
Risk
(2)

 

Absolute
Spread
Risk (3)

 

Relative
Spread
Risk (4)

 

VaR
(5), (6)

 


 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Investment Portfolio (7)

 

$

(1,265.8

)

$

(87.8

)

$

(1,264.8

)

$

(178.5

)

$

1,160.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A. P&C Investment Portfolio

 

$

(757.2

)

$

(87.8

)

$

(823.7

)

$

(97.8

)

$

739.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(I) P&C Fixed Income Portfolio

 

 

(757.2

)

 

 

 

(823.7

)

 

(97.8

)

 

786.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Cash & Short Term Investments

 

 

(10.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Total Government Related

 

 

(200.0

)

 

 

 

(145.0

)

 

(4.5

)

 

160.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c) Total Corporate Credit

 

 

(318.3

)

 

 

 

(358.6

)

 

(43.7

)

 

364.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d) Total Structured Credit

 

 

(228.9

)

 

 

 

(316.9

)

 

(49.4

)

 

302.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(II) P&C Non-Fixed Income Portfolio

 

 

 

 

(87.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

147.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e) Equity Portfolio

 

 

 

 

(34.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

70.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f) Alternative Portfolio

 

 

 

 

(20.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

71.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g) Private Investments

 

 

 

 

(32.9

)

 

 

 

 

 

63.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B. Life Investment Portfolio

 

$

(500.0

)

$

 

$

(407.4

)

$

(78.8

)

$

458.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(III) Life Fixed Income Portfolio

 

 

(500.0

)

 

 

 

(407.4

)

 

(78.8

)

 

458.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Cash & Short Term Investments

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j) Total Government Related

 

 

(198.1

)

 

 

 

(72.3

)

 

(3.0

)

 

191.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k) Total Corporate Credit

 

 

(251.9

)

 

 

 

(276.2

)

 

(59.7

)

 

232.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(l) Total Structured Credit

 

 

(50.0

)

 

 

 

(59.0

)

 

(16.2

)

 

54.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IV) Life Non-Fixed Income Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

(1)

The estimated impact on the fair value of the Company’s fixed income portfolio of an immediate hypothetical +100 bps adverse parallel shift in global bond curves.

(2)

The estimated impact on the fair value of the Company’s investment portfolio of an immediate hypothetical -10% change in the value of equity exposures in the Company’s equity portfolio, certain equity-sensitive alternative investments and private equity investments. This includes the Company’s estimate of equity risk embedded in the alternatives and private investment portfolio with such estimates utilizing market exposures provided to the Company by certain individual fund investments, internal statistical analyses, and/or various assumptions regarding illiquidity and concentrations.

(3)

The estimated impact on the fair value of the Company’s fixed income portfolio of an immediate hypothetical +100 basis point increase in all global corporate and structured credit spreads to which the Company’s fixed income portfolio is exposed. This excludes exposure to credit spreads in the Company’s alternative investments, private investments and counterparty exposure.

(4)

The estimated impact on the fair value of the Company’s fixed income portfolio of an immediate hypothetical +10% increase in all global corporate and structured credit spreads to which the Company’s fixed income portfolio is exposed. This excludes exposure to credit spreads in the Company’s alternative investments, private investments and counterparty exposure.

(5)

The VaR results are based on a 95% confidence interval, with a one year holding period, excluding foreign exchange rate risk. The Company’s investment portfolio VaR at June 30, 2011 is not necessarily indicative of future VaR levels.

(6)

The VaR results are the standalone VaRs, based on the prescribed methodology, for each component of the Company’s Total Investment Portfolio. The standalone VaRs of the individual components are non-additive, with the difference between the summation of the individual component VaRs and their respective aggregations being due to diversification benefits across the individual components. In the case of the VaR results for the Company’s Total Investment Portfolio, the results also include the impact associated with the Company’s Business and Other Investments.

(7)

The Company’s Total Investment Portfolio comprises the Company’s P&C Investment Portfolio and Life Investment Portfolio as well as the Company’s Business and Other Investments that do not form part of the Company’s P&C Investment Portfolio or Life Investment Portfolio. The individual results reported in the above table for the Company’s Total Investment Portfolio therefore represent the aggregate impact on the Company’s P&C Investment Portfolio, Life Investment Portfolio and the majority of the Company’s Other Investments.

Stress Testing

          VaR does not provide the means to estimate the magnitude of the loss in the 5% of occurrences when the Company expects the VaR level to be exceeded. To complement the VaR analysis based on normal market environments, the Company considers the impact on the investment portfolio in several different stress scenarios to analyze the effect of unusual market conditions. The Company establishes certain stress scenarios which are applied to the actual investment portfolio. As these stress scenarios and estimated gains and losses are based on scenarios established by the Company, they will not necessarily reflect future stress events or gains and losses from such events. The results of the stress scenarios are reviewed on a regular basis to ensure they are appropriate,

83


based on current shareholders’equity, market conditions and the Company’s total risk tolerance. It is important to note that when assessing the risk of the Company’s investment portfolio, the Company does not take into account either the value or risk associated with the liabilities arising from the Company’s operations.

 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 4.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES


 

 

          Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

          The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Corporate Controller, of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Corporate Controller concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that all material information relating to the Company required to be included in this report has been made known to them in a timely fashion.

          Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

          There have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the Company’s evaluation required pursuant to Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

84


PART II–OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 1.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


 

 

          The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims, as described in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. Material developments to such proceedings during the three months ended June 30, 2011 are described below.

          In August 2005, plaintiffs in a proposed class action (the “Class Action”) that was consolidated into a multidistrict litigation in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, captioned In re Brokerage Antitrust Litigation, MDL No. 1663, Civil Action No. 04-5184 (the “MDL”), filed a consolidated amended complaint (the “Amended Complaint”), which named as new defendants approximately 30 entities, including Greenwich Insurance Company, Indian Harbor Insurance Company and XL-Cayman (the “XL Defendants”). In the MDL, the Class Action plaintiffs asserted various claims purportedly on behalf of a class of commercial insureds against approximately 113 insurance companies and insurance brokers through which the named plaintiffs allegedly purchased insurance. The Amended Complaint alleged that the defendant insurance companies and insurance brokers conspired to manipulate bidding practices for insurance policies in certain insurance lines and failed to disclose certain commission arrangements and asserted statutory claims under the Sherman Act, various state antitrust laws and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), as well as common law claims alleging breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting a breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment. By Opinion and Order dated August 31, 2007, the District Court dismissed the Sherman Act claims with prejudice and, by Opinion and Order dated September 28, 2007, the District Court dismissed the RICO claims with prejudice. The plaintiffs then appealed both Orders to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. On August 16, 2010, the Third Circuit affirmed in large part the District Court’s dismissal. The Third Circuit reversed the dismissal of certain Sherman Act and RICO claims alleged against several defendants including the XL Defendants but remanded those claims to the District Court for further consideration of their adequacy. In light of its reversal and remand of certain of the federal claims, the Third Circuit also reversed the District Court’s dismissal (based on the District Court’s declining to exercise supplemental jurisdiction) of the state-law claims against all defendants. On October 1, 2010, the remaining defendants, including the XL Defendants, filed motions to dismiss the remanded federal claims and the state-law claims. The motions were fully briefed in November 2010. In May 2011, a majority of the remaining defendants, including the XL Defendants, executed a formal Settlement Agreement settling the Class Action with prejudice. The settlement was preliminarily approved by the District Court in June 2011 and a final fairness hearing is scheduled for September 2011.The XL Defendants’ portion of the defendants’ aggregate settlement payment is $6.75 million.

          Various XL entities have been named as defendants in three of the many tag-along actions that have been consolidated into the MDL for pretrial purposes. The complaints in these tag-along actions make allegations similar to those made in the Amended Complaint but do not purport to be class actions. On April 4, 2006, a tag-along complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia on behalf of New Cingular Wireless Headquarters LLC and several other corporations and remains pending against approximately 100 defendants, including Greenwich Insurance Company, XL Specialty Insurance Company, XL Insurance America, Inc., XL Insurance Company Limited and XL-Cayman. On or about May 21, 2007, a tag-along complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey on behalf of Henley Management Company, Big Bear Properties, Inc., Northbrook Properties, Inc., RCK Properties, Inc., Kitchens, Inc., Aberfeldy LP and Payroll and Insurance Group, Inc. against multiple defendants, including “XL Winterthur International.” On October 12, 2007, a complaint in a third tag-along action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia by Sears, Roebuck & Co., Sears Holdings Corporation, Kmart Corporation and Lands’ End Inc. against many named defendants including X.L. America, Inc., XL Insurance America, Inc., XL Specialty Insurance Company and XL Insurance (Bermuda) Ltd. The tag-along actions, including the three in which the XL entities are named defendants, remain stayed.

          By Order dated June 20, 2011, the District Court reassigned the Class Action and the various tag-along actions from Chief Judge Brown to newly-appointed Judge Claire Cecchi.

          The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to litigation and arbitration in the normal course of its business. These lawsuits and arbitrations principally involve claims on policies of insurance and contracts of reinsurance and are typical for the Company and for the property and casualty insurance and reinsurance industry in general. Such legal proceedings are considered in connection with the Company’s loss and loss expense reserves. Reserves in varying amounts may or may not be established in respect of particular claims proceedings based on many factors, including the legal merits thereof. In addition to litigation relating to insurance and reinsurance claims, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to lawsuits and regulatory actions in the normal course of business that do not arise from or directly relate to claims on insurance or reinsurance policies. This category of business litigation typically involves, among other things, allegations of underwriting errors or misconduct, employment claims, regulatory activity, shareholder disputes or disputes arising from business ventures. The status of these legal actions is actively monitored by management.

          Legal actions are subject to inherent uncertainties, and future events could change management’s assessment of the probability or estimated amount of potential losses from pending or threatened legal actions. Based on available information, it is the opinion of management that the ultimate resolution of pending or threatened legal actions, both individually and in the aggregate, will not result in losses having a material adverse effect on the Company’s position or liquidity at June 30, 2011.

85



 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 1A.

 

RISK FACTORS


 

 

          For a discussion of the Company’s potential risks or uncertainties, please see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Other than as described below, there have been no material changes to the risk factors disclosed in Part I, Item 1A of the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

          Any downgrade of the United States’ credit rating could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          In light of the possibility of the United States reaching its debt ceiling by August 2, 2011, each of Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings had publicly warned of the possibility of a downgrade to the United States’ credit rating. In addition, Moody’s, on July 13, 2011, and Standard & Poor’s, on July 14, 2011, put the U.S. credit rating on negative watch.

          On August 2, 2011, the U.S. Congress passed, and President Obama signed, a bill that increases the debt ceiling and requires reductions in spending by up to $2.4 trillion. Following the passage of the bill, Moody’s and Fitch Ratings both indicated that they do not currently anticipate downgrading the U.S. credit rating. However, Moody’s lowered its outlook on U.S. debt to negative upon affirming its AAA rating, and concern remains that Standard & Poor’s may not view the U.S. government’s plan to reduce its budget deficit as adequate and may take downward ratings action with respect to the U.S. credit rating.

          The impact of such downgrade is inherently unpredictable and could have a material adverse effect on financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and throughout the world.  In turn, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations including with respect to assets in our investment portfolio, as well as assets in trusts or other collateral arrangements posted by or to us. See Note 5, “Investments,” to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our fixed income securities and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a description of our collateral and liquidity needs. 

          For a discussion of the risks to our business during or following a financial market disruption and risks to our investment portfolio, see also the risk factor entitled “We are exposed to significant capital markets risk related to changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices and foreign exchange rates as well as other investment risks, which may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows” included in “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

 

 


 

 

ITEM 2.

 

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS


 

 

          (c) Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliate Purchasers

          The following table provides information about purchases by the Company during the three months ended June 30, 2011 of equity securities that are registered by the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)

 

Average Price
Paid
per Share

 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

 

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans
or Programs (2)

 


 

 


 


 


 


 

April 1-30, 2011

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

690.4 million

 

May 1-31, 2011

 

 

1,407

 

 

17.70

 

 

 

 

690.4 million

 

June 1-30, 2011

 

 

4,320,640

 

 

21.36

 

 

4,320,640

 

 

598.1 million

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

4,322,047

 

$

21.36

 

 

4,320,640

 

$

598.1 million

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 


(1)

Shares purchased in connection with the vesting of restricted shares granted under the Company’s restricted stock plan do not represent shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs. All such purchases were made in connection with satisfying tax withholding obligations of those employees. These shares were not purchased as part of the Company’s share buyback program noted below.

 

 

(2)

On November 2, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a share buyback program, authorizing the Company to purchase up to $1.0 billion of its ordinary shares. During 2010, the Company purchased and cancelled 6.9 million ordinary shares under this program for $144.0 million. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled 7.3 million ordinary shares under this program for $165.6 million. During the second quarter of 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled 4.3 million ordinary shares under this program for $92.3 million. Between July 1 and August 2, 2011, the Company purchased and cancelled an additional 7.3 million ordinary shares for $157.7 million. All share buybacks were carried out by way of redemption in accordance with Irish law and the Company’s constitutional documents. All shares so redeemed were canceled upon redemption. At August 2, 2011, $440.4 million remained available to be used for purchases under this program.

86



 

 

 

 

ITEM 6.

 

EXHIBITS

 


 


 

 

 

 

The following exhibits are filed as exhibits to this Quarterly Report:

 

 

 

31*

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications

 

 

 

32*

 

Section 1350 Certification

 

 

 

101.INS*

 

XBRL Instance Document**

 

 

 

101.SCH*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**

 

 

 

101.CAL*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document**

 

 

 

101.LAB*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document**

 

 

 

101.PRE*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document**

 

 

 

101.DEF*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document**


 

 

*

Filed herewith.

 

 

**

These interactive data files are furnished and deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

87


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Date: August 4, 2011

 

 

XL Group plc

 

(Registrant)

 

/s/ MICHAEL S. MCGAVICK

 


 

Name: Michael S. McGavick

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

XL Group plc

 

 

Date: August 4, 2011

 

 

/s/ STEPHEN J. H. ROBB

 


 

Name: Stephen J. H. Robb

 

Title: Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller

 

XL Group plc

88